Русский dropdown-ico

Инструкция обслуживания Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC

964 страниц 16.5 mb
Скачать

Перейти на страницу of 964

Summary
  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 1

    FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGR AMMABLE CON TROLLERS PROGRAMMING MANUAL Basic & Applied Instruction Edition ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 2

    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 3

    1 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Controllers Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Foreword This manual contains text, diagrams and explanations which will guide the reader through the safe and corr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 4

    2 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Outline Precautions • This manual provides information for the use of the FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmable Controllers. The manual has been written to be used by trained and competent personnel. The definition of such a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 5

    3 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents Table of Contents Related manuals ....................... ................. ............ ............. ................. ............ ............. ..... ............. 14 Generic Names and Abbreviations Used in Manual s ...... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 6

    4 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 4.4 State Relay [S] ....................... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. 94 4.4.1 Numbers of state relays . ........... .......... .... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 7

    5 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 5. How to Spec ify Devices and C onstants to Instruc tions 153 5.1 Numeric Values Handled in PLC (Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal and Real Numbers) ........................ . 153 5.1.1 Type s of nume ric values ................... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 8

    6 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 8. Program Flow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 220 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump..................... .............. .............. .............. .............. .............. . ..... ......... 221 8.1.1 CJ inst ruction an d ope ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 9

    7 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 12. Data Operation – FNC 40 to FNC 49 315 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset .... ...................................................................... ........... .......... ....... ...... 316 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 10

    8 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Special Function Bl ock ............... ........... .............. ........... ............ ... 448 15.9.1 Common items between FROM ins truction and TO instructi on (details) ............... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 11

    9 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 20. Positioning Control – FNC150 to FNC159 547 20.1 FNC150 – DSZR / Dog Search Zero Return ............... .............. .............. ................. .............. ......... ... 548 20.2 FNC151 – DVIT / Int errupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 12

    10 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Random Replac ement of Character Strings .............................. ................. ......... 633 26.9 FNC208 – INSTR / Charact er string search...................... .............. ............ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 13

    11 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 34. FX 3U -CF-ADP Applied Instructions – FNC300 to FNC3 05 741 34.1 FNC300 – FLCRT / File create • check ................ ........... ........... .............. ........... ............ .............. ...... 742 34.1.1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 14

    12 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents 37. Operation of Special Devices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 824 37.1 Special Device List (M8000 -, D8000 -) ........ .............. .............. .............. .............. ................. .. .......... 824 37.1.1 Special Aux i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 15

    13 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Table of Contents Appendix B: Instruction Execution Time 917 Appendix B-1 Basic Instruction Execution Time ......... .............. ............................................... .................. 917 Appendix B-2 Step Ladder Instruction Exe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 16

    14 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Related manua ls Related manuals For detailed explanation of prog ramming (bas ic instructions , appl ied instructions an d step ladder instructio ns) in FX 3S / FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, refer to this manual. For hardwa re informati ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 17

    15 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Related manua ls  Programming ~ Additiona l Manual FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programmi ng Manual - Basic & A pplied I nstructio n Edition (this manual) JY997D16601 Items related to programming in PLCs including explanat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 18

    16 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Related manua ls  Ethernet, CC-Link, MELSEC I/O LINK an d AS-i system When using each product, re fer also to t he User’s Ma nual - Hardwar e Edition of the PLC main unit to which each product is connected. U Supplied with product FX 3U - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 19

    17 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Related manua ls U Supplied with product FX 3UC -4AD Installation Manual JY 997D14901 Handling procedures of the 4-channel an alog input spec ial func tion block . For use, re fer to the FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series User ’s Man ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 20

    18 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Related manua ls  Analog I/O (mixed) When using each product, re fer also to t he User’s Ma nual - Hardwar e Edition of the PLC main unit to which each product is connected. U Supplied with product FX 3U -3A-ADP User’s Manual JY997D3560 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 21

    19 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Related manua ls  Programmable cam switch When using each product, re fer also to t he User’s Ma nual - Hardwar e Edition of the PLC main unit to which each product is connected.  Supplied with product FX 2N -1RM-E-SET User’s Manual ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 22

    20 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Related manua ls  Memory cassette U Supplied with product Memory cassette FX 3G -EEPROM-32L Installation Manual JY997D32401 S pecific ations and ope rating proc edures of the memory cassette. − U Supplied with product FX 3U -FLROM-16/64/6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 23

    21 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Generic Name s and Abbre viations Us ed in Manua ls Generic Names and Abbreviations Used in Manuals Abbreviation/generic name Name Programmable cont rollers FX 3S Series Generic name of FX 3S Series PLCs FX 3S PLC or main unit Generic name of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 24

    22 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Generic Name s and Abbre viations Us ed in Manua ls CC-Link/LT eq uipment Generic name of CC-Link/LT mas ter statio n, CC-Link/L T remote I/O sta tions, CC-Li nk/LT remote device stations, po wer supply adapters, and dedicated po wer supplies ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 25

    23 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 1 Introduction 1.1 Programming Language i n PLCs 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 26

    24 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 1 Introduction 1.1 Programming Language i n PLCs 4. ST (structu red text) 1) Features The ST language is a text language with a si milar grammatical structure to the C language. The ST language can describe control achieved by syntax using sel ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 27

    25 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.1 Introductio n of Convenient Functions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 28

    26 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.1 Introductio n of Convenient Functions 5. Three types of "interrupt " functions for recei ving short-p eriod pulses and priority processing → Refer to Chapter 36. 1) Input interrupt *1 Signals from ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 29

    27 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.2 Introducti on of Applied Inst ructions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 30

    28 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.2 Introducti on of Applied Inst ructions 3. Arithmetic and logical operatio ns • Addition (ADD/FNC 20) • Subtraction (SUB/FNC 21) • Multiplic ation (MUL/FNC 22) • Division (DIV/FNC 23) • Increment (IN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 31

    29 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.3 Analog/Positio ning Special Control 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 32

    30 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.5 Introduction of Devices Constructing PLC 2.5 Introduction of Devices Constructing PLC Many relays, time rs, and counters are built into an FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs, with many NO (normal ly ope ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 33

    31 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.5 Introduction of Devices Constructing PLC 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 34

    32 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.5 Introduction of Devices Constructing PLC 8. Index registers ( V)(Z) → Refer to Secti on 4.11. Among registers, th ere are index typ e registers V and Z used for modification. A data regi ster V or Z i s add ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 35

    33 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 36

    34 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 2. In FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs are equipped w ith the EEPROM memory as stand ard. 1) When usin g the built -in memory (wit hout atta ched memory cassette) 2) When usi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 37

    35 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 38

    36 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 2.6.2 Memory operations and latched (batte ry or EEPROM backed) devices (power ON/OFF and RUN/STOP) 1. Backup operation The operations of the data memory, b it device memory and p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 39

    37 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 40

    38 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es c) FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs *1. Device values are not bac ked up correctly when the b attery voltage become s lower than the holding vol tage. *2. The contents of the program memory and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 41

    39 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 42

    40 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es b) FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs *1. These re gisters c an be change d from the general type to the latc hed (batter y backed) type by the parameter setting when the optiona l battery is ins ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 43

    41 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 44

    42 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 2.6.3 Types of backup methods against power failure There are the followin g types of latch (batt ery backup) for the prog ram memory and built-in PL C devices. 1. Battery back up ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 45

    43 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.6 Program Me mory and Devic es 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 46

    44 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Setting of para meters means settin g the environment whe re the PLC operat es. Almost all FX PLC ca n be used with factory default values. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 47

    45 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 48

    46 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2) FX 3G /FX 3G C PLCs *1. In the cas e of FX 3GC PLC, sele ct "FX 3G " as the PLC type. *2. These programmin g tools are not a pplicable to F X 3G /FX 3GC PLCs. The ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 49

    47 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 50

    48 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.3 Memory capacity setting ra nge Cautions on setting th e memory capacity • After changing the memo ry ca pacity setting, make sur e to write both the programs and parame ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 51

    49 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 52

    50 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.5 Keyword (entry code) By registering the entry code in a PLC, the functions of pr ogramming tools, d isplay modules, and disp lay units to change programs, monitor devices ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 53

    51 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 54

    52 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Registering and changing the entry codes This section expl ains the operating proc edure of GX Works2, GX Devel oper. → For the entry co de registration/chan ge proc edure in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 55

    53 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 56

    54 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters • GX Developer Click [Execution ] button to open Ke yword confirmation dia log box. Enter the same keyword ag ain, and click the [OK ] button to regi ster the ke yword to the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 57

    55 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 58

    56 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters Canceling the entry codes This section expl ains the operating proc edure of GX Works2, GX Devel oper. → For the entry code can celing (deletio n) procedure in FX- 10P(-E), F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 59

    57 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 60

    58 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2.7.6 Special unit initial value setting The initial v alues of th e buffer memo ry (BFM) in spe cial function units/blocks connected to an FX 3UC PLC V er.2.20 or later and FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 61

    59 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 62

    60 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3 Setting devices 1. Click [Device] t ab, and set devices. 4 Setting the PLC name 1. Click [PLC Name] tab, and in put the program title . Set item Contents of sett ing Setting ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 63

    61 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 64

    62 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 2. On Special Function Block Settings dialog box, set the initial values of special funct ion units/ blocks. *1. Input buffer memory addresses (BFM nu mbers) that in the connec ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 65

    63 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 66

    64 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 7 Setting the PLC system (1) Click on the [PL C System(1)] t ab to setup "Batte ry Less Mode", "Bat tery Mode ", "MODEM Initialize d", and "R ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 67

    65 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 68

    66 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 9 Setting positioning 1. Click [Positioning] tab. In order to use the [Posit ioning] tab, th e "Position ing In struction Settings" box in the [Memory Capacity] tab m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 69

    67 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 70

    68 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 3. Click [Individual setting] button to displa y Positioning Instruction Set tings dialog box. In this dialog box, set th e positioning table for each pulse output dest ination ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 71

    69 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 2 Overview (Seque nce Program) 2.7 Types and Setting of Parameters 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 72

    70 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.1 Basi c Instru ctions 3. Instruction List This chapter introduce s a list of in structions availa ble in programming. 3.1 Basic Instructions The basic instruction s are provided in th e following series. The table below s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 73

    71 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.1 Basi c Instru ctions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Com ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 74

    72 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.2 Step Ladder Instructions 3.2 Step Ladder Instructions 3.3 Applied Instructions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number Applied instructi ons such as Arithme tic operati on, Rotatio n and Shift, Han dy instructi ons etc. are ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 75

    73 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 76

    74 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number Rotation an d Shift Operat ion 34 SFTR Bit Shift Right      Section 11.5 35 SFT L Bit Shift Left      ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 77

    75 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 78

    76 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number External FX De vice 75 ARWS Arrow Switc h – – –  –––  Sectio n 15.6 76 ASC ASCII Code Da ta Input – – –  –––  Sec ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 79

    77 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 80

    78 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number Data Operat ion 2 142 BTOW BYTE to WORD – – –  *5 – – – – – Sectio n 19.3 143 UNI 4-bit Linking of Word Data – – –  *5 – – – ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 81

    79 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 82

    80 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number Character St ring Control 202 $+ Link Char acter Stri ngs – – –  ––––– Sectio n 26.3 203 LEN Character St ring Length Detection ––– ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 83

    81 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 84

    82 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3 Instruction List 3.3 Applied Instruct ions ... in Ascending Order of FNC Number External Dev ice Communicati on 271 IVD R I nverter Dr ive  *6  ––––– Sect ion 30.2 272 IVR D I nverter Pa rameter Read  *6  ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 85

    83 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.1 Device Number List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Com ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 86

    84 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.1 Device Number List High-speed co unter 1-phase 1-coun ting input Bi-direct ional (32 bits) (EEPROM keep) C235 to C245 − 2,147,483, 648 to +2,147, 483,647 coun ts Software co unter 1 phase: 60 kHz × 2 p oints, 10 k H ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 87

    85 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.1 Device Number List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Com ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 88

    86 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.1 Device Number List Data regi ster (32 bi ts when us ed in pair f orm) General type (16 b its) D0 to D127 128 points Section 4.9 EEPROM keep type (16 bits) D128 to D1099 972 po ints General type (16 b its) *1 D1100 to D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 89

    87 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.1 Device Number List 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Com ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 90

    88 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.1 Device Number List High-speed co unter 1-phase 1-coun ting input Bi-direct ional (32 bits) C235 to C245 8 points max imum can be use d among C235 to C255 [latched (battery back ed) type]. The setti ng can be ch anged b ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 91

    89 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Comp ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 92

    90 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 4.2.2 Functions and roles Examples of termina l names and wiring (s ink input) are for the FX 3U Series PLC. The PLC outputs s ignals to external loads thr ough output ter minal s. Cont acts for exter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 93

    91 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.2 I/O Relays [X, Y] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Comp ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 94

    92 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.3 Auxiliary Relay [M] 4.3 Auxiliary Relay [M] There are many auxiliary rela ys inside the PLC. Coils of au xiliary rela ys are driven by contacts of variou s devices inside the PLC in the same way as outp ut relays. Auxi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 95

    93 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.3 Auxiliary Relay [M] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 96

    94 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.4 State Relay [S] 4.4 State Relay [S] State relays (S) are im portant devices to program stepping type process control si mply, and combined w ith the step ladder instructio n STL. State relays can be used in the SFC (se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 97

    95 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.4 State Relay [S] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 98

    96 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.4 State Relay [S] 3. Annunciator type Annunciator type state rel ays can be used as outp uts for external fault diagnosis . For example, w hen an extern al fault diagnosi s circuit shown in th e figure bel ow is created ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 99

    97 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.5 Timer [T] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 100

    98 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.5 Timer [T] 2. Retentiv e type When the drive input X00 1 of the timer coil T250 turns ON, the current value counte r for T250 adds and counts cloc k pulses of 100 ms. When the co unted value becomes eq uivalent t o the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 101

    99 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.5 Timer [T] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 102

    100 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.5 Timer [T] 4.5.6 Program examples [off-delay timer and flicker timer] Off-delay timer Flicker timer (blink) In addition, the flicker operatio n can be performed by the ALT (FNC 66) instruction. Multi-timer by the appli ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 103

    101 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.5 Timer [T] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 104

    102 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.6 Count er [C] 4.6 Counter [C] 4.6.1 Numbers of counters The table below shows counter (C) numbers. (Nu mbers are assigne d in decimal.) 1. FX 3S PLC → For high-s peed counte rs, refer to Section 4.7. 2. FX 3G /FX 3G ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 105

    103 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.6 Count er [C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 106

    104 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.6 Count er [C] 2. General type and latched (b attery backed) ty pe 32-bit bi-directiona l counters The valid set ran ge of 32-bit binary bi -directional counters is from − 2,147 ,483,648 to +2,147,483,647 (decimal con ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 107

    105 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.6 Count er [C] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 108

    106 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.6 Count er [C] 2. Examples in applied ins tructions For the full use of counte rs as numeric devices, refer to the explanatio n of applied instructio ns later. 3. Caution on simultaneous instanc es of the ZRST instructi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 109

    107 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 110

    108 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 5. High-speed counter dev ice list *1. C248 and C253 are usually used as cou nters having reset input, but can be used as counters C2 48 (OP) and C253 (OP) not having rese ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 111

    109 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 112

    110 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 4.7.3 Handling of high-speed counters High-speed coun ters in FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs operat e in the same w ay as high -speed coun ters in FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs. For details, ref ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 113

    111 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 114

    112 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 4.7.7 Response frequency of high-speed coun ters 1. Response frequency and overall frequency When any of the foll owing functi ons/instruct ions is used, th e overall freq ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 115

    113 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 116

    114 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 4.7.8 Cautions on use • For a contact to dr ive the coil of a high -speed coun ter, use a co ntact which i s normally ON during hig h-speed counting . • If the operati ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 117

    115 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.7 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX3S/FX3G/FX3GC PLCs) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 118

    116 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.8 High-Speed Counter [C] (FX 3U /FX 3UC PLC) High-speed coun ter only availabl e in DC input type mai n units. 4.8.1 Types and device numbers of high-speed counters 1. Types ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 119

    117 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 120

    118 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.8.2 Input assignment for h igh-speed counters Inputs X00 0 to X007 a re assigned as shown i n the table below accord ing to each high-speed counter nu mber. When a high-speed ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 121

    119 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 122

    120 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 2. 1-phase 2-coun t input These coun ters are 32 -bit binary bi-directi onal coun ters, and the operatio n of the ou tput contac t for the c urrent value is equivalent to that ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 123

    121 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 124

    122 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.8.5 Related devices 1. Devices used to switch t he counting direction of 1- phase 1-count input cou nters 2. Devices used to che ck the counting dire ction of 1-phase 2 -coun ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 125

    123 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 126

    124 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.8.8 How to use 2-phase 2-count input counters C251 to C255 with 4 edge counting For the 2-phase 2-coun t input counte rs C251 to C255, the edge c ount is usually set to 1. By ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 127

    125 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 128

    126 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.8.10 Response frequency of high-spe ed counters 1. Response frequency of hardware counters The table below shows the maximum response frequency of hardware counters. When har ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 129

    127 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 130

    128 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 4.8.11 Cautions on use • For a contact to dr ive the coil of a high -speed coun ter, use a co ntact which i s normally ON during hig h-speed counting . • If the operation o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 131

    129 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.8 High-Speed Count er [C] (FX3U/FX3UC PLC) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 132

    130 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 4.9 Data Register and File Register [D] Data registers are device s for storing numeric data . File regi sters are handled as the initial values of data registers. Each data re gis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 133

    131 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 134

    132 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 4.9.3 Functions and operation exam ples of data registers Data registers are devices for sto ring numeric data. Each data register stores 16-bit data (whose most si gnifi cant bit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 135

    133 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 136

    134 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 4.9.4 Functions and operation exam ples of file registers A file regi ster is a d evice for se tting the in itial valu e of a data register wit h the same n umber. Each file re gis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 137

    135 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 138

    136 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 3. Data register → File register <writing by BMOV (F NC 15) instruction> When a file register (D1000 or later) is speci fied for the destina tion of BMOV (FNC 15) in stru c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 139

    137 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.9 Data Register and File Regi ster [D] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 140

    138 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] Extension regi sters (R) are the extended form of da ta registers (D). The contents of extens ion r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 141

    139 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 142

    140 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 4.10.5 Functions and operati on examples of extension registers Extension regi sters can be used in vario us controls with numeric data the same as data registe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 143

    141 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 144

    142 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] b) FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs 2. Sectors of extensio n registers and extension file registers In FX 3U /FX 3UC PL Cs, extension registers and extension file register s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 145

    143 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 146

    144 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 4.10.8 Registration of data in extension registers and extension file registers This subsection ex plains the operating pro cedures of GX Works2. → For detail ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 147

    145 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 148

    146 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 3 Setting the data 1. Select [Edit] → [Input Device] to open the Input Device dialog box. 2. Set the "Device", "Rang e", "D isplay Mo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 149

    147 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.10 Extension Register [R] and Extension File Register [ER] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 150

    148 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.11 Index Regis ter [V and Z] 4.11 Index Register [V and Z] Index registers can be used in the same way as of data registers. But they are special register s since they can change the contents of device numbers and numer ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 151

    149 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.12 Pointer [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 152

    150 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.12 Pointer [P and I] • Role of pointer P63 for jump to th e END step P63 is a special poi nter for jumping to th e END step when the CJ (FNC 00) instru ction is executed . Note that a program error will occur when P63 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 153

    151 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.12 Pointer [P and I] 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 154

    152 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 4 Devices in De tail 4.12 Pointer [P and I] Operations 3. Pointers for counter interrup t: 6 points *1 → For details on co unter interrup t function, refer to Section 36.6. The PLC exe cutes an i nterrupt rout ine based on the comp arison r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 155

    153 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.1 Numeric Values Handled in PLC (Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal and Real Numbers) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 156

    154 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.1 Numeric Values Handled in PLC (Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal and Real Numbers) 5.1.2 Conversion of numeric values Numeric values handl ed in FX PLCs can be con verted as shown in th e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 157

    155 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.1 Numeric Values Handled in PLC (Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal and Real Numbers) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 158

    156 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.1 Numeric Values Handled in PLC (Octal, Decimal, Hexadecimal and Real Numbers) Scientific notation (real number) Because bin ary floating point (real number ) is difficult to understa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 159

    157 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.2 Specification of Consta nts K, H and E (Decimal, Hexadecimal and Real Number) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 160

    158 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.3 Character Strings 5.3 Character Strings Charact er strings are c lassified into characte r string constan ts which di rectly specif y character strings in op erands in applied instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 161

    159 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.4 Specification of Digits for Bit Devices (Kn[ ]***) 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 162

    160 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.5 Bit Specification of a Word Device (D[ ].b) 5.5 Bit Specification of a Word Device (D[ ].b) By specifying a bit of a word d evice, the specified b it can be used as bit data. When s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 163

    161 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.7 Indexing 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 164

    162 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.7 Indexing 5.7.2 Indexing in applied instructions Expression of applied instructions all owing indexing In the explanation of applied instruction s, "  " is added t o the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 165

    163 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.7 Indexing 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 166

    164 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.7 Indexing 5.7.3 Indexing example for instruction with limited number of use. By modifyi ng the target device number s using inde x regi sters V and Z, the target device numbers can b ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 167

    165 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 5 How to Specify Devices an d Constants to Inst ructions 5.7 Indexing 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 168

    166 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.1 How to Read Explana tion of Instructio ns 6. What to Understand before Programming This chapter explai ns the I/O processing, rela tionship amon g instructions and p rogramming method which sh oul ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 169

    167 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.1 How to Read Explana tion of Instructio ns 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 170

    168 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.1 How to Read Explana tion of Instructio ns Applicable devices Devices wh ich can be specifi ed in operands of instructi ons are shown. When a device supports an instruction, "  " is ad ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 171

    169 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.2 Cautions on Creati on of Fundamental Programs 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 172

    170 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.2 Cautions on Creati on of Fundamental Programs 6.2.2 Double output (double coil) operati on and countermeasures 1. Operation of doub le outputs When a coil g ives doub le outputs (double coi ls) in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 173

    171 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.3 I/O Processing and Response Del ay 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 174

    172 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.4 Mutual Rel ationship Among Program Flow Control Instruct ions 6.4 Mutual Relationship Among Progr am Flow Control Instructions The table below show s the mutual relation ship among various pr ogra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 175

    173 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.4 Mutual Rel ationship Among Program Flow Control Instruct ions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 176

    174 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instruct ions 6.5 General Rules for App lied Instructions 6.5.1 Expression and operation type of applied instructions Instructions and operands - Both a func tion number ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 177

    175 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instruct ions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 178

    176 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instruct ions 6.5.2 Handling of general flags In some types of applied instructions, the following flags operate: Examples: M8020: Zero flag M8021: Borrow flag M8022: Car ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 179

    177 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instruct ions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 180

    178 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instruct ions 6.5.3 Handling of operation error flag When there is an error in the applied instru ction configurat ion, target devic e or target device numbe r range and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 181

    179 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.5 General Rules for Applied Instruct ions 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 182

    180 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 6 What to Unders tand before Pro gramming 6.6 Symbolic informati on storage and block password 6.6 Symbolic information storage and block password 6.6.1 Storage of symbolic inform ation The FX 3U /FX 3UC PL C Ver. 3.00 or later can store symb ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 183

    181 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FNC20-FNC29 Ar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 184

    182 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction Connection Instruction ANB AND Block Serial conn ection of mu ltiple parallel cir cuits − Sect ion 7.7 ORB OR Block Parallel co nnection of multiple contac t circuits − Section 7.6 MPS Memory Point Store Stores the cu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 185

    183 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.1 LD, LDI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 186

    184 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.1 LD, LDI 2. LDI instruction (initial logi cal operation, NC contact ty pe) 3. Indexing *1 Devices used in LD and LDI i nstructions allow ind exing with index regi sters (V and Z). (State relays (S), special auxiliary r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 187

    185 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.2 OUT 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FNC20- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 188

    186 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.2 OUT 2. When a timer or counter is used The set value is required after OUT instruction for the counting coil of a timer or co unter. The set value can be specified directl y by a decimal numbe r (K) or indirectly u si ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 189

    187 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.2 OUT 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FNC20- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 190

    188 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.3 AND, ANI 7.3 AND, ANI Outline AND and ANI instru ctions connect one co ntact in series. The number of contacts conn ected in series is not limited , so AND and ANI instructio ns can be used consec utively as many time ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 191

    189 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.3 AND, ANI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 192

    190 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.3 AND, ANI Program examples X005 Y005 T0 Circuit program List program K30 X000 Y003 AND instruction LD AND OUT LD ANI OUT AND OUT (SP) LD ANI OUT 0000 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 0010 001 1 0012 X000 X001 Y003 X0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 193

    191 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.4 OR, ORI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 194

    192 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.4 OR, ORI 2. ORI instruction (parallel connect ion of NC (normally closed ) contacts) 3. Relationship with ANB instruction The parallel connection by OR or ORI instruction is connected to the p receding LD or LDI instru ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 195

    193 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.4 OR, ORI 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 196

    194 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.5 LDP, LDF, ANDP, ANDF, ORP, ORF 7.5 LDP, LDF, ANDP, ANDF, ORP, ORF Outline LDP, ANDP, and ORP instructions for contacts detect the rising edge, and be come acti ve during one op eration cycle only at th e rising e dge ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 197

    195 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.5 LDP, LDF, ANDP, ANDF, ORP, ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 198

    196 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.5 LDP, LDF, ANDP, ANDF, ORP, ORF 2. LDF, AN DF, and ORF instru ctions (initial logical operation of fal ling/trailing edge pulse, serial connection of falling/trailing e dge pulse, and parallel connectio n of falling/tr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 199

    197 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.5 LDP, LDF, ANDP, ANDF, ORP, ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 200

    198 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.5 LDP, LDF, ANDP, ANDF, ORP, ORF 5. Differences in the operation ca used by auxiliary relay (M) numbers When an auxiliary relay (M) is speci fied as a device in LDP, LD F, ANDP, ANDF, ORP and ORF instructions, the opera ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 201

    199 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.5 LDP, LDF, ANDP, ANDF, ORP, ORF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 M ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 202

    200 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.6 ORB 7.6 ORB Outline A circuit in which two or more contacts are connected in serie s is called serial circui t block. 1. Instruction format 2. Applicab le device s Explanation of function and operation 1. ORB instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 203

    201 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.7 ANB 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FNC20- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 204

    202 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP Outline FX 3G, FX 3U FX 3GC and FX 3UC PLCs have 11 memories call ed "Stack" whi ch store the i ntermediate re sult (ON or OFF ) of operations. 1. Instruction format 2. Applic ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 205

    203 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 206

    204 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.8 MPS, MRD, MPP 3) Program exampl e 3: Two stacks 4) Program example 4: Fo ur stacks In programming a circuit on the upper si de, it is ne cessary to MPS i nstruction th ree times. By changing the circuit on the upper s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 207

    205 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.9 MC, MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 208

    206 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.9 MC, MCR Caution 1. A circuit error (Error code: 6611) occurs when an inst ruction connected the bus line (such as LD and LDI) is not present just after the MC instruction. 2. Cautions on writing du ring RUN The PLC ca ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 209

    207 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.9 MC, MCR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 210

    208 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.10 INV 7.10 INV Outline 1. Instruction Format INV instruction i nverts the operation resul t up to just be fore INV inst ruction, an d does not r equire de vice number specification. 2. Applicab le device s Explanation ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 211

    209 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.11 MEP, MEF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 212

    210 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.11 MEP, MEF Caution 1. MEP and MEF instr uctions may not operat e normally if the indexed cont act is modified and changed to pulses by sub-routine programs, the FOR and NEXT instructions, e tc. 2. As the MEP and MEF in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 213

    211 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.12 PLS, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 214

    212 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.12 PLS, PLF 3. Output drive side The following two circuits result the same operatio n. In each case, M0 is ON during only one oper ation cycle when X000 cha nges from OFF to ON. In each case, MOV instruc tion is execut ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 215

    213 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.12 PLS, PLF 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 216

    214 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.13 SET, RST 7.13 SET, RST Outline 1) Setting a bit device (SET i nst ruction (set bit device l atch ON)) When the command input turns ON, SET in struction sets to ON an output relay (Y), auxi liary relay (M), state rela ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 217

    215 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.13 SET, RST 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 218

    216 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.13 SET, RST Cautions on u sing RST instruc tion for a jumped program, subrou tine program or i nterrupt program When RST instruction for a timer or counter is executed in a jumped program, subroutine program or interrup ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 219

    217 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.14 NOP 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 FNC10-FNC19 Move & Compare 10 FNC20 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 220

    218 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.15 END 7.15 END Outline END instruction sp ecifies the end of a program. (Do not write the END instruction in the mid dle of a program.) 1. Instruction format 2. Applicab le device s Explanation of function and operatio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 221

    219 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7 Basic Instru ction 7.16 Number of Inst ruction Steps and Speci fied Devices 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Progra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 222

    220 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8. Program Flow – FNC 00 to FNC 09 FNC 00 to FNC 09 prov ide instructions mai nly relate d to control flow of sequence programs s uch as conditiona l program execution and prio rity processing. FNC No. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 223

    221 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 224

    222 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump Cautions 1. Relationship between the label input position and the list progra m The figure belo w shows programming of a label. When creating a circuit program, move t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 225

    223 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 226

    224 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump Program example 1. When a jump is necessary afte r OFF processing In one op eration cycl e after X023 changes from OFF to ON, the CJ P7 instru ction become s valid. By ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 227

    225 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 228

    226 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump 2. Circuit example 2 for explai ning operations (when only an RST instruct ion for a timer or counter is jumped) When X011 turns ON while th e RST instru ction for th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 229

    227 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.1 FNC 00 – CJ / Conditional Jump 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 230

    228 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Subroutine 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Subroutine Outline This instruction calls and e xecutes a program which should be processe d commonly in a sequenc e program. This instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 231

    229 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Subroutine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 232

    230 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Subroutine 8.2.1 Cautions on subroutines and inte rrupt routines This section expl ains cautions on creati ng pr ograms in subroutines and in terrupt routine s. The explan ation ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 233

    231 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.2 FNC 01 – CALL / Call Subroutine 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 234

    232 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.3 FNC 02 – SRET / Subroutine Return 8.3 FNC 02 – SRET / Subroutine Return Outline This instruc tion returns the prog ram executio n from a subroutine to the main program. 1. Instruction format 2. Se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 235

    233 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / In terrupt Re turn 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 236

    234 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.4 FNC 03 – IRET / In terrupt Re turn Program example Interrup ts are usuall y disable d in PLCs. Use EI instruction to enab le interrupts. When X000 tu rns ON while t he main prog ram is execute d, in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 237

    235 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.5 FNC 04 – EI / Enable Int errupt 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 238

    236 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Disable Interrupt 8.6 FNC 05 – DI / Disable Interrupt Outline This instruction disables interrupts after interrupts w ere enabled by EI (F NC 04) instruction. 1. Instruction format 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 239

    237 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – FEND / Ma in Routine Program End 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 240

    238 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.7 FNC 06 – FEND / Ma in Routine Program End 2. In the case of CALL instruction Cautions 1. When FEND instruction is programmed two or more times Put a subr outine pr ogram or inte rrupt routi ne progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 241

    239 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – WDT / Watchdog Timer Refre sh 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 P ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 242

    240 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.8 FNC 07 – WDT / Watchdog Timer Refre sh 2. The watchdog timer time can be changed. → For details on changing watchdog timer time, refe r to Subsecti on 37.2.2. By overwriting the contents of D800 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 243

    241 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.9 FNC 08 – FOR / Start a FOR/NEXT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 244

    242 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NEXT / End a FOR/NEXT Loop 8.10 FNC 09 – NEXT / End a FOR/NEXT Loop Outline NEXT instru ction spe cifies the en d position of the loo p. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applicab le ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 245

    243 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 8 Program Fl ow – FNC 0 0 to FNC 09 8.10 FNC 09 – NEXT / End a FOR/NEXT Loop 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 246

    244 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9. Move and Compare – FNC 10 to FNC 19 FNC 10 to FN C 19 provide fun damenta l data processi ng inst ru ctions such as data transfer a nd data comparison which are regarded as most import ant in appl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 247

    245 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – CMP / Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 248

    246 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.1 FNC 10 – CMP / Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DCMP and DCMPP) The comparison value [ +1, ] and the com parison source [ +1, ] are compared with ea ch other. According to the result (sm aller, equal ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 249

    247 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZCP / Zone Compare 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 250

    248 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.2 FNC 11 – ZCP / Zone Compare 2. 32-bit operation (DZCP and DZCPP) The lower compariso n value [ +1, ] and up per comparison value [ +1, ] are compared with th e comparison source [ +1, ]. Accordin ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 251

    249 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – MOV / Mo ve 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 252

    250 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – MOV / Mo ve When a word device is specified The word device transfers 1 point. 2. 32-bit operation (DMOV and DMOVP) The content s of the tra nsfer source [ +1, ] are t ransferred t o the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 253

    251 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.3 FNC 12 – MOV / Mo ve 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow 9 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 254

    252 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Move 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Move Outline This instruction distributes and comp oses data in units of digit (4 bits). 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applicab le de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 255

    253 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.4 FNC 13 – SMOV / Shift Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Fl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 256

    254 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.5 FNC 14 – CML / Complement 9.5 FNC 14 – CML / Complement Outline This instru ction inve rts data in units of b it, and then transfers ( copies) the i nverted da ta. 1. Instruction format 2. Set ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 257

    255 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.5 FNC 14 – CML / Complement 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 258

    256 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move Outline This instruction transfers (copies) a spe cified number of data all at once. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applicab le d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 259

    257 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Fl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 260

    258 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move 9.6.1 Function of transfer between file registe rs and data registers BMOV (FNC 15) instruction ha s a special function for file registers (D1000 and later). → For de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 261

    259 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.6 FNC 15 – BMOV / Block Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Fl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 262

    260 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move Outline This instruction transfers same data to speci fied number of devices . 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applicab le device s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 263

    261 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.7 FNC 16 – FMOV / Fill Move 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 264

    262 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchange 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchange Outline This instruction exchan ges data between two devices. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applicab le device s Explanation of functi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 265

    263 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.8 FNC 17 – XCH / Exchange 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 Program Flow ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 266

    264 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversion to Binary Coded De cimal 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversion to Binary Coded Decimal Outline This instruction converts bi nary (BIN) da ta into binary-cod ed decimal (BCD) d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 267

    265 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversion to Binary Coded De cimal 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 268

    266 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.9 FNC 18 – BCD / Conversion to Binary Coded De cimal Program examples 1. When the seven-segment display unit has 1 digit 2. When the seven-segment display unit has 2 to 4 digit s 3. When the seven- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 269

    267 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conversion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 270

    268 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conversion to Binary 2. 32-bit o peration (DBIN and DBINP) This instructio n converts the bina ry-coded decimal (BC D) data of [ +1, ] into binary (BIN) da ta, and transfer s the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 271

    269 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 9 Move and Compare – FN C 10 to FNC 19 9.10 FNC 19 – BIN / Conversion to Binary 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Basic Instruction 8 FNC00-FNC09 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 272

    270 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10. Arithmetic and Logical Operation ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 20 to FNC 29 FNC 20 to FNC 29 provide instructions for arithmetic o perations and logi cal op ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 273

    271 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.1 FNC 20 – ADD / Addition 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Bas ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 274

    272 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.1 FNC 20 – ADD / Addition Related devices 1. Relationship between the fl ag operation and the sign (pos itive or negative) of a numeric value → For the f ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 275

    273 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.2 FNC 21 – SUB / Subtraction 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 276

    274 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.2 FNC 21 – SUB / Subtraction Related devices 1. Relationship between the fl ag operation and the sign (pos itive or negative) of a numeric value → For th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 277

    275 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplication 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 278

    276 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplication • When a digit (K1 to K8) is specified for [ +1, ] A digit can be speci fied rangin g from K1 to K8 . For exampl e, when ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 279

    277 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.3 FNC 22 – MUL / Multiplication 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 280

    278 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.4 FNC 23 – DIV / Division 10.4 FNC 23 – DIV / Divisi on Outline This ins truction ex ecutes di vision by two values t o obtain the result (A ÷ B = C ... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 281

    279 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.4 FNC 23 – DIV / Division 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Bas ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 282

    280 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.4 FNC 23 – DIV / Division Program examples 1. 16-bit o peration 2. 32-bit o peration Function Changes According to Versi ons The function of the FNC 23 ins ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 283

    281 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Ba ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 284

    282 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.5 FNC 24 – INC / Increment Program example X010 M 1 X011 FNC 12 MOVP K 0 Z FNC 18 BCDP C 0Z K4Y000 FNC 24 INCP Z FNC 10 CMPP K 10 Z M 0 0 → (Z) (C 0Z) ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 285

    283 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.6 FNC 25 – DEC / Decrement 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Ba ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 286

    284 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.7 FNC 26 – WAND / Logical Word AND 10.7 FNC 26 – WAND / Logical Word AND Outline This instruction executes the logical product (AND) operation of two num ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 287

    285 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.7 FNC 26 – WAND / Logical Word AND 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programm ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 288

    286 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.8 FNC 27 – WOR / Logical Word OR 10.8 FNC 27 – WOR / Logical Word OR Outline This instruction executes the lo gical sum (OR) operation of two numeri c va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 289

    287 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.8 FNC 27 – WOR / Logical Word OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programmin ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 290

    288 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Excl usive OR 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Exclusive OR Outline This instruction executes the exclusive logical sum (XOR) opera ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 291

    289 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.9 FNC 28 – WXOR / Logical Excl usive OR 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 292

    290 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NEG / Negation 10.10 FNC 29 – NEG / Negation Outline This instru ction obta ins the compl ement of a numeric value (by inver ting each bit an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 293

    291 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 10 Arithmetic and Lo gical Operatio n ( + , − , × , ÷ ) – FNC 2 0 to FNC 29 10.10 FNC 29 – NEG / Negation 1 Introduction 2 Overview 3 Instruction List 4 Devices in Detail 5 Specified the Device & Constant 6 Before Programming 7 Ba ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 294

    292 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11. Rotation and Shift Operation – FNC 30 to FNC 39 FNC 30 to FNC 3 9 provide in structions for r otating and sh ifti ng bit data and word da ta in sp ecified di rections. FNC No. Mnemon ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 295

    293 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotation Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 296

    294 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.1 FNC 30 – ROR / Rotation Right 2. 32-bit o peration (DROR and DRORP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rotated rig htward. • The final bit is st ored in the carry fl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 297

    295 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotation Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ext ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 298

    296 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.2 FNC 31 – ROL / Rotation Left 2. 32-bit operation (DROL and DROLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] are rota ted leftward. • The final bit is st ored in the carry flag ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 299

    297 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Right with Carry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 300

    298 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.3 FNC 32 – RCR / Rotation Right with Carry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCR and DRCRP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 b it (carry flag M8022) are rota ted rightward. Rela ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 301

    299 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotation Left with Carry 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 302

    300 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.4 FNC 33 – RCL / Rotation Left with Carry 2. 32-bit operation (DRCL and DRCLP) "n" bits out of 32 bits of [ +1, ] and 1 b it (carry flag M8022) are rota ted leftward . Relat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 303

    301 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – SFTR / Bit Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 304

    302 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.5 FNC 34 – SFTR / Bit Shift Right Explanation of function and operation 1. 16-bit operation (SFTR and SFTRP) For "n1" bits (shift regi ster length) starting from , "n 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 305

    303 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bit Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 E ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 306

    304 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bit Shift Left Caution Note that "n2" bits are shifted every time the command inpu t turns from OFF to ON in the SFTLP i nstruction, but that "n2" ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 307

    305 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.6 FNC 35 – SFTL / Bit Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 E ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 308

    306 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right Outline This instructio n shifts word de vices with "n1" da ta length righ tward by "n2" ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 309

    307 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.7 FNC 36 – WSFR / Word Shift Right 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 310

    308 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shift Left 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shift Left Outline This instructio n shifts the word data info rmation leftwa rd by the specifi ed number of wo rds. 1. I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 311

    309 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.8 FNC 37 – WSFL / Word Shift Left 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 312

    310 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Write [FIFO/FILO Control] 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Write [FIFO/FILO Control] Outline This instruction writes data for first-in first- out (FIFO) and last-i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 313

    311 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Write [FIFO/FILO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 314

    312 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.9 FNC 38 – SFWR / Shift Write [FIFO/FILO Control] Program example 1. Example of first-in first- out control → For a program ex ample of FILO, refer to Sectio n 27.3. In the example ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 315

    313 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 316

    314 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 11 Rotation and Shift Op eration – FNC 30 to FNC 39 11.10 FNC 39 – SFRD / Shift Read [FIFO Control] 1) When the command input turns ON, the contents of +1 are transferred (read) to . 2) Accompanied by this tran sfer, the contents of th e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 317

    315 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 External FX Dev ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 318

    316 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset Outline This instruction resets devices located in a zo ne betwee n two specified device s at one time. Use this ins truction fo r res ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 319

    317 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Dev ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 320

    318 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 3. Caution for simultaneous insta nces of the ZRST instruction and the PLS instruct ion The ZRST instructio n resets the last stage for the PL S instruction and P LF in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 321

    319 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.1 FNC 40 – ZRST / Zone Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Dev ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 322

    320 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode Outline This instruction converts numeric data into ON bit. A bit number which is set t o ON by th is instruction indicates a numeric value. 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 323

    321 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 324

    322 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.2 FNC 41 – DECO / Decode Program example 1. When setting bit devices to ON according to the value of a data register The value of D0 (whose current va lue is "14" in this e xample) is dec ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 325

    323 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 326

    324 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.3 FNC 42 – ENCO / Encode 2) When is a word dev ice (1 ≤ n ≤ 4) ON bit positions amo ng "2 n " bits (1 ≤ n ≤ 4) from a de vice specif ied in are encoded to . -The encoding result o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 327

    325 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Active Bits 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 328

    326 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Active Bits 2. 32-bit op eration (DSU M and DSUM P) The number of bits in the ON status in [ +1, ] is coun ted, and st ored to . • The number of bits i n the ON stat us ar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 329

    327 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.4 FNC 43 – SUM / Sum of Active Bits 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 330

    328 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Check Specified Bit Status 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / C heck Specified Bit Status Outline This instru ction che cks whether a specified b it positi on in a spec ified dev ice is ON or O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 331

    329 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.5 FNC 44 – BON / Check Specified Bit Status 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 332

    330 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean Outline This instru ction obta ins the mean value of d ata. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applicab le device s S 1: This function is su ppo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 333

    331 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.6 FNC 45 – MEAN / Mean 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 334

    332 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annunciator Set 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annunciator Set Outline This instru ction sets a state rela y as an an nunciator ( S900 to S999 ). 1. Instruction format 2. Set da ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 335

    333 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.7 FNC 46 – ANS / Timed Annunciator Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 336

    334 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.8 FNC 47 – ANR / Annunciator Reset 12.8 FNC 47 – ANR / Annunciator Reset Outline This instruction resets an annunciator (S9 00 to S9 99) in the ON status wi th the smallest number. 1. Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 337

    335 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.9 FNC 48 – SQR / Square Root 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Dev ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 338

    336 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 49 – FLT / Conversion to Floa ting Point 12.10 FNC 49 – FLT / Conver sion to Floating Point Outline This instruction converts a bi nary integer into a binary fl oating point (real number). ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 339

    337 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 12 Data Operation – FN C 40 to FNC 49 12.10 FNC 49 – FLT / Conversion to Floa ting Point 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 340

    338 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13. High-Speed Processing – FNC 50 to FNC 59 FNC 50 to FNC 59 pro vide interrupt processi ng type high-sp eed i nstructions that execut e sequence control using the latest I/O information and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 341

    339 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 342

    340 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh Explanation of function and operation 1. 16-bit operation (REF and REFP) 1) When refreshing outputs (Y) "n" points are refreshed from the output spe cifi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 343

    341 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 344

    342 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.1 FNC 50 – REF / Refresh 13.1.1 What should be understood bef ore using the REF instruction 1. Changing the input fi lter The input filter val ue is determined by th e contents of D8020 (i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 345

    343 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.2 FNC 51 – REFF / Refresh and Filter Adjust 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 346

    344 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.2 FNC 51 – REFF / Refresh and Filter Adjust Cautions 1. Setting the fi lter time "n" Set "n" within the range from K0 (H0) to K60 (H3C) [0 to 60 ms]. 2. Function of the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 347

    345 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.2 FNC 51 – REFF / Refresh and Filter Adjust 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 348

    346 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Matrix 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Matrix Outline This instruction reads matrix inpu t as 8-point input × "n"-point output (transistor) in t he time divis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 349

    347 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Matrix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 350

    348 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Matrix Program example n=Three ou tputs (Y020, Y0 21 and Y022) are set to ON in turn repeatedly. Every time a n output is se t to ON, e ight inputs in the 1s t, 2n d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 351

    349 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.3 FNC 52 – MTR / Input Matrix 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 352

    350 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / High-Speed Counter Set 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / Hi gh-Speed Counter Set Outline This instruction com pares a value coun ted by a high-spee d counte r with a specified v alu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 353

    351 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / High-Speed Counter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 354

    352 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / High-Speed Counter Set 2) FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs When the H SCS instructio n is used in FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs, th e total fr equency o f each counter is affected. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 355

    353 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / High-Speed Counter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 356

    354 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / High-Speed Counter Set 4. Caution on the counting operation when the current value is changed An instruction for the high-speed counte r gives the comparison result when ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 357

    355 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.4 FNC 53 – HSCS / High-Speed Counter Set 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 358

    356 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / High-Speed Counte r Reset 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / Hi gh-Speed Counter Reset Outline This instruction co mpares the valu e counted by a h igh-speed counter w ith a specifie ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 359

    357 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / High-Speed Counte r Reset 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 360

    358 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.5 FNC 54 – HSCR / High-Speed Counte r Reset 2. Only 32-bit operation instructions are available. Because instructions fo r high-speed counte rs are dedicated to 32 bits , make sure to inpu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 361

    359 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 362

    360 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare Comparison points Make sure that the comparison value 1 and the compari son value 2 have the follow ing relationship: [+ 1 , ] ≤ [+ 1 , ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 363

    361 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 364

    362 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 2. Device specific ation range Only high-speed coun ters (C235 to C255) can be specified as . 3. Only 32-bit operation instructions are av ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 365

    363 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 366

    364 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare Timing chart In the part [1] in the timing chart, Y01 0 remains OFF if th e current value of a high-speed coun ter (C235 in th e example b ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 367

    365 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 368

    366 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 2. Operation FNC 12 DMOV K123 D200 FNC 12 MOV H10 D202 M8002 FNC 12 MOV K1 D203 FNC 12 DMOV K234 D204 FNC 12 MOV H10 D206 FNC 12 MOV K0 D2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 369

    367 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 370

    368 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 13.6.3 Frequency control mode (HSZ and PLSY instructions) (M8132) When the special au xiliary relay M8132 for d eclaring the frequency co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 371

    369 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 372

    370 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.6 FNC 55 – HSZ / High-Speed Counter Zon e Compare Output pulse chara cteristics 1) Write prescribed data in advance to data registers co nstructin g the table as shown i n this pr ogram ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 373

    371 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Detection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 374

    372 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Detection Explanation of function and operation 1. 16-bit o peration (SPD) The input pul se is counted only for × 1 ms. The measured value is stored in , th e prese ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 375

    373 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Detection 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 376

    374 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.7 FNC 56 – SPD / Speed Detection Cautions 1. Input specification s of the input • An input device X000 to X007 specifie d as cannot overlap the followin g functions or instructions : - H ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 377

    375 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 378

    376 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 2. 32-bit operation (DPLSY) A pulse train at the frequency [ +1, ] is output by the quantity [ +1, ] from the output (Y) . • Specify the frequency in [ + ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 379

    377 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 380

    378 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 4. Handli ng of pulse ou tput terminals in FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC series main unit s The outputs Y0 00 and Y001 ar e the high-sp eed response ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 381

    379 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.8 FNC 57 – PLSY / Pulse Y Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 382

    380 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.9 FNC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 13.9 FNC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation Outline This instruction outputs pul ses with a specified pe riod and ON duratio n. 1. Instruction form ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 383

    381 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.9 FNC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 384

    382 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.9 FNC 58 – PWM / Pulse Width Modulation 4) When speci al high-spe ed output ada pters are connec ted, the same ou tput numbers in the main unit are a ssigned as shown i n the table below. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 385

    383 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/De celeration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 386

    384 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/De celeration Setup 2. 32-bit op eration (DPLSR) Pulses are output from the outpu t (Y) by the spe c ified n umber [ +1, ] with acceleration /deceleration t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 387

    385 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/De celeration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 388

    386 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/De celeration Setup 3. Handli ng of pulse ou tput terminals in FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC series main unit s The outputs Y000 an d Y001 are the hig ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 389

    387 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 13 High-Spe ed Process ing – FNC 5 0 to FNC 59 13.10 FNC 59 – PLSR / Acceleration/De celeration Setup 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 390

    388 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14. Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FNC 69 FNC 60 to F NC 69 provide handy ins tructions w hich achiev e complicate d control i n a minimum se quence progr am. FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Function Refere ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 391

    389 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 392

    390 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 1. Control of devices by switch operations (oc cupied devices) While the command input is ON, the following devices are automatically switched and controlled. Whi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 393

    391 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 394

    392 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 14.1.2 Example of IST instruction introduction (example of workpiece transfer mechanism) 1. Operation mode 2. Transfer me chanism The upper left positi on is rega ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 395

    393 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 396

    394 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 4. Special auxiliary relay ( M) for the IST instruction Auxiliary relays (M) u sed in the IST i nstruction are cla ssified into tw o types. S ome auxiliary relay ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 397

    395 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 398

    396 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State c) Zero return operation mode Programming is n ot required when the zero re turn operati on mode is not p rovided. It is necessary to set M8 043 (zero return comp ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 399

    397 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 400

    398 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.1 FNC 60 – IST / Initia l State 6. List pr ogram The list program fo r the circuit diagram show n on the previous page is as shown below : 0 LD X 004 1 AND X 002 2 ANI Y 001 3 OUT M 8044 5 LD M8 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 401

    399 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SER / Search a Data Stack 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 402

    400 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SER / Search a Data Stack 2) Operation example a) E xample of search res ult table configuratio n and data b) Search result ta ble 2. 32-bit operation (DSER and DSERP) In "n" ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 403

    401 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.2 FNC 61 – SER / Search a Data Stack 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 404

    402 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolute Drum Sequencer 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Abso lute Drum Sequencer Outline This instruction creates many output patterns corresponding to the current value of a co unter. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 405

    403 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolute Drum Sequencer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ext ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 406

    404 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.3 FNC 62 – ABSD / Absolute Drum Sequencer 1) Write the followin g data to [ , +1] to [ +4n-2, + 4n-1] in advanc e using a tran sfer instruction: For example, store rising po int data and falling ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 407

    405 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Seque ncer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 408

    406 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.4 FNC 63 – INCD / Incremental Drum Seque ncer Operation 1) Timing chart Suppose that the follow ing data is written in adva nce by a transfer instruction: 2) When the command contact turn s ON, ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 409

    407 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teaching Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 410

    408 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.5 FNC 64 – TTMR / Teaching Timer Cautions 1. When the command co ntact turns OFF The current value [ +1] of the pres sing and holdin g time is reset, and the teac hing time will not change any m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 411

    409 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 412

    410 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.6 FNC 65 – STMR / Special Timer Flicker In the program shown belo w which turns OFF STMR in struction at the NC contac t of +3, flicker is output to +1 and +2. and +3 are occup ied. • M0 [ ] : ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 413

    411 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate Stat e 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 414

    412 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.7 FNC 66 – ALT / Alternate Stat e Caution 1. When using (continuous operation type) ALT instruction • When ALT instructi on is used, a spec ified bit device is a lternated in every operation c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 415

    413 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Variable Value 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Externa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 416

    414 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.8 FNC 67 – RAMP / Ramp Variable Value • After transfer is co mpleted, the instructio n executi on complete fl ag M8029 tur ns ON, and th e value i s returned to the value. • When acquiring t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 417

    415 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rotary Table Control 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 418

    416 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rotary Table Control Explanation of function and operation 1. 16-bit o peration (RO TC) The table rotation is controlled by "m2", and so that a product can be efficie ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 419

    417 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.9 FNC 68 – ROTC / Rotary Table Control 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 420

    418 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Tabu lated Data 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Tabulated D ata Outline This instruction sorts a data tab le consisting of data (lines) and gro up data (columns) based on a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 421

    419 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Tabu lated Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 422

    420 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 14 Handy Instruction – FNC 60 to FN C 69 14.10 FNC 69 – SORT / SORT Tabu lated Data 2) Sorting result when th e instruction is executed w ith "n = K3 (column No. 3)" Related device → For the instruc tion execution com plete fl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 423

    421 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 Externa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 424

    422 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Input 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Input Outline This instruction sets data for timers and counters through ten key in puts ranging from "0" to "9&q ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 425

    423 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Input 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 426

    424 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.1 FNC 70 – TKY / Ten Key Input 3. Number of o ccupied de vice 1) Ten bit devices are occupi ed from for conne cting the ten keys. Because these devices are occupied even if the te n keys ar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 427

    425 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexadecimal Input 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 428

    426 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexadecimal Input 1) Input of a numeric value through keys 0 to 9: - When an input value is large r than "9999", it overflows fro m the most significant di git. - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 429

    427 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexadecimal Input 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 430

    428 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.2 FNC 71 – HKY / Hexadecimal Input Program example The figure belo w shows an exampl e of the FX 3U series main unit (sink input/sink output). For wiring details, refer to the following man ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 431

    429 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumb wheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 432

    430 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumb wheel Input) 2) Specification of the number of sets ("n") - When us ing one set of 4 digi ts [n = k1] A 4-digi t BCD digital switch conn ect ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 433

    431 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.3 FNC 72 – DSW / Digital Switch (Thumb wheel Input) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 434

    432 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Decoder 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Decoder Outline This instruction deco des data, a nd turns th e seven-seg ment display unit (1 digit) ON. 1. Ins ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 435

    433 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.4 FNC 73 – SEGD / Seven Segment Decoder 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 436

    434 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment Wit h Latch 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Se ven Segment With Latch Outline This instruction controls one or two sets of 4-d igit seven-segment display units having ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 437

    435 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment Wit h Latch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 438

    436 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment Wit h Latch Cautions 1. Time to update the 4-digit se ven-segment display The scan time (operation cycle) multiplied by 12 is re quir ed to upd ate (one or t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 439

    437 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment Wit h Latch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 440

    438 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.5 FNC 74 – SEGL / Seven Segment Wit h Latch 3. Confirming the logic of the sev en-segment display unit 1) Data inpu t 2) Strobe signal 4. Setting the para meter "n" Set a proper v ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 441

    439 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 442

    440 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Contents of the displ ay and operat ion part 1) Specif ying the numb er of digits of the seve n-segment di splay unit h aving the BCD decoder n In the explana ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 443

    441 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 444

    442 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.6 FNC 75 – ARWS / Arrow Switch Program M8000 T0 D300 T1 D301 T99 D399 Practical timer circuit X000 M0 Decrement X001 M1 Increment X002 M2 Higher digit RUN mon itor M3 Lower digit X004 FNC 6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 445

    443 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – ASC / ASCII Code Data Input 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 E ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 446

    444 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.7 FNC 76 – ASC / ASCII Code Data Input Extension function When M8161 is set to ON for making the exte nsion function valid, a half-wi dth alphanumeric char acter string specified in is conv ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 447

    445 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Print (AS CII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 448

    446 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Print (AS CII Code) Extension function 1. 16-byte serial outpu t The number of output charac ters varies depend ing on the ON/OFF status of the special auxiliary relay M8027 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 449

    447 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.8 FNC 77 – PR / Print (AS CII Code) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 450

    448 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Speci al Function Block 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read Fr om A Special Function Block Outline This instru ction reads the contents of buffer memorie s (BMF) in a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 451

    449 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Speci al Function Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 452

    450 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Speci al Function Block Program examples In programs, the conten ts of buffer me mories (BFMs) in sp ecial extens ion unit s/blocks are read (trans ferred) to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 453

    451 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Speci al Function Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 454

    452 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.9 FNC 78 – FROM / Read From A Speci al Function Block Acceptance of interrupts while FROM/TO instruction is executed (M8028) 1. While M8028 is OFF While a FROM/TO instructio n is being exec ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 455

    453 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 FNC 79 – TO / Write To A Sp ecial Functio n Block 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 456

    454 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 15 External FX I/O D evice – FNC 70 to FNC 79 15.10 FNC 79 – TO / Write To A Sp ecial Functio n Block 2. 32-bit operation (DTO an d DTOP) PLC (word de vice) → Special extension unit/block (BFM) "n"-point 32-bit data starti ng ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 457

    455 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 458

    456 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 FNC 80 – RS / Seri al Communication 16.1 FNC 80 – RS / Serial Commun ication Outline This instructio n sends and rec eives data u sing non-protoc ol communication by way of a seri al port (o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 459

    457 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.1 FNC 80 – RS / Seri al Communication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Externa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 460

    458 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FNC 81 – PRUN / P ara llel Run (Octal Mode) 16.2 FNC 81 – PRUN / Para llel Run (Octal Mode) Outline This instr uction handles the de vice number of with di git specification and th e device ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 461

    459 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.2 FNC 81 – PRUN / P ara llel Run (Octal Mode) 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 462

    460 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – ASCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 16.3 FNC 82 – ASCI / Hexade cimal to ASCII Conversion Outline This instruction converts hexadecimal code in to ASCII code. On the other hand, ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 463

    461 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – ASCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 464

    462 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.3 FNC 82 – ASCI / Hexadecimal to ASCII Conversion 3. 8-bit convers ion mode (while M 8161 is ON) (M8161 is used also for the RS , HEX, CCD and CRC instructions.) Each digit o f hexadecimal d ata ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 465

    463 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversi on 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 466

    464 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversi on 2. 16-bit conversion mode (while M8161 is OFF) (M8161 is used also for the RS , ASCI, CCD, and CRC instructions.) Each ASCII code stored in hig ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 467

    465 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.4 FNC 83 – HEX / ASCII to Hexadecimal Conversi on 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 468

    466 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code Outline This instruction calcula tes the horizontal parity valu e and sum check va lue in the error check methods used in communicati ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 469

    467 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 470

    468 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.5 FNC 84 – CCD / Check Code 3. 8-bit convers ion mode (while M 8161 is ON) (M8161 is used also for the RS , ASCI, HEX and CRC instructions.) With regard to "n" data starting from , the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 471

    469 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 472

    470 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.6 FNC 85 - VRRD / Volume Read 2. Example in which the analog value s of the variable analog potentio meters Nos. 0 to 7 are read in turn, and used as ana log timers K0 to K7 are specified in of th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 473

    471 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / Volume Scale 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 474

    472 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.7 FNC 86 - VRSC / Volume Scale Program example 1. Example in which the scale valu e is used as a rotary switch One of the auxiliary re lays from M0 to M10 turn s ON in accordance with the scale va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 475

    473 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – RS2 / Serial Commun ication 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 476

    474 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – RS2 / Serial Commun ication 2 Related devices → For detailed ex planation, refer to the Data Commun ication Edition. *1. Ch0 is availa ble only in FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs. Ch2 is not ava ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 477

    475 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.8 FNC 87 – RS2 / Serial Commun ication 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 478

    476 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / PID Control Loop 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / PID Control Loop Outline This instru ction exe cutes PID contro l which ch anges the ou tput value according to the input va riation. → ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 479

    477 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / PID Control Loop 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 480

    478 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / PID Control Loop *1. + 20 to +24 are occupied when any bit 1, 2 or 5 is set to "1" in +1 for operation setting (ACT). +20 *1 Input var iation (incr emental) alarm set ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 481

    479 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 16 External FX Device – FNC 80 to FNC 89 16.9 FNC 88 – PID / PID Control Loop 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 482

    480 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 17 Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FN C109 17. Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FNC109 FNC100 to F NC109 provid e instructi ons for exe cuting compli cated pr ocessing for fundament al applied instructi ons and for executing sp ecial processin g. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 483

    481 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 17 Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FN C109 17.1 FNC102 – ZPUSH/Batch Store of Index Register 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 484

    482 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 17 Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FN C109 17.1 FNC102 – ZPUSH/Batch Store of Index Register 4) The figure below show s the data structure batch -stored in and later. Related instruction Cautions • When not using the nest struct ure, clea r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 485

    483 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 17 Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FN C109 17.1 FNC102 – ZPUSH/Batch Store of Index Register 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 486

    484 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 17 Data Transfer 2 – FNC100 to FN C109 17.2 FNC103 – ZPOP/ Batch POP of Inde x Register 17.2 FNC103 – ZPOP/Batch POP of Index Register Outline This instruction re stores the conten ts of the index register s V0 to V7 and Z0 to Z8 which ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 487

    485 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 External FX Devi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 488

    486 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 129 INT Fl oating Point to Intege r Conversion Section 18.17 130 SIN Floating Point Si ne Section 18.18 131 COS Floating P oint Cosine Section 18.19 132 TAN Flo ating Point Tang ent Sect ion 18.20 133 AS ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 489

    487 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.1 FNC110 – ECMP / Floating Po int Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Externa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 490

    488 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poin t Zone Compare 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floa ting Point Zone Compare Outline This instr uction compares data (binary flo ating point) wit h two values (o ne zone), and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 491

    489 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.2 FNC111 – EZCP / Floating Poin t Zone Compare 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 492

    490 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Poi nt Move 18.3 FNC112 – EMOV / Floating Point Move Outline This instruction transfers bi nary floa ting point da ta. → For handling of floating point, refer to Subse ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 493

    491 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Po int to Character String Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 494

    492 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Po int to Character String Conversion 2. In the case of decimal point format • The total number of digits which can be specified by +1 is as follows (24 digits maximum): ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 495

    493 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Po int to Character String Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 496

    494 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Po int to Character String Conversion • The number of digi ts of the d ecimal pa rt which ca n be spec ified by +2 is from 0 to 7. However, the following mus t be satisf ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 497

    495 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Po int to Character String Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 498

    496 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.4 FNC116 – ESTR / Floating Po int to Character String Conversion Program examples 1) In the progra m example show n below, the c ontents (b ina ry floating poin t data) of R0 and R1 are co nverted a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 499

    497 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.5 FNC117 – EVAL / Character String to Float ing Point Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 500

    498 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.5 FNC117 – EVAL / Character String to Float ing Point Conversion a) In the case of decimal point format b) In the case of ex ponent forma t • When a character string to be converted in to binary f ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 501

    499 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.5 FNC117 – EVAL / Character String to Float ing Point Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 502

    500 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.5 FNC117 – EVAL / Character String to Float ing Point Conversion Related devices → For the use methods of the zero , borrow and carry flags, refer to Subs ection 6.5.2. Related instructions Errors ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 503

    501 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.5 FNC117 – EVAL / Character String to Float ing Point Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 504

    502 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floating Point to Scientific Not ation Conversion 18.6 FNC118 – EBCD / Floa ting Point to Scientific Notation Conversion Outline This instruction c onverts binary floating point ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 505

    503 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.7 FNC119 – EBI N / Scientifi c Notation to Fl oating Point Con version 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 506

    504 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.7 FNC119 – EBI N / Scientifi c Notation to Fl oating Point Con version Program example By DEBIN ins truction, a n umeric valu e containi ng the decimal point can b e directly co nverted int o binary ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 507

    505 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.8 FNC120 – EADD / Floating Point Ad dition 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Extern ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 508

    506 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floating Po int Subtraction 18.9 FNC121 – ESUB / Floa ting Point Subtraction Outline This instruction executes subtraction of two binary floatin g point data. → For program exa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 509

    507 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.10 FNC122 – EMUL / Floating Point Mult iplication 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 510

    508 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Floating Point Divi sion 18.11 FNC123 – EDIV / Fl oating Point Division Outline This instruction e xecutes div ision of two binary floa ting poin t. → For program examp les of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 511

    509 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Fl oating Point Expo nent 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 512

    510 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.12 FNC124 – EXP / Fl oating Point Expo nent Program example In the pr ogram exampl e shown below , the expone ntial opera tion is exec uted for a val ue set in th e 2-digit BC D format in X020 to X0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 513

    511 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natu ral Logarithm 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 514

    512 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.13 FNC125 – LOGE / Floating Point Natu ral Logarithm Program example In the prog ram example s hown below, natural log arithm of "10" se t in D50 is c alculated , and stored to D30 and D31 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 515

    513 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floating Point Common Log arithm 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 516

    514 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.14 FNC126 – LOG10 / Floating Point Common Log arithm Program example In the progra m example sho wn below, commo n logarithm of "15" set in D50 is calcul ated, and s tored to D30 an d D31 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 517

    515 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.15 FNC127 – ESQR / Floating Poi nt Square Root 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 518

    516 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.16 FNC128 – ENEG / Floating Point Negation 18.16 FNC128 – ENEG / Fl oating Point Negation Outline This instru ction inverts the sign of binary flo ating point (re al number) d ata. → For handlin ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 519

    517 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Poi nt to Integer Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 520

    518 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.17 FNC129 – INT / Floating Poi nt to Integer Conversion Related devices → For the me thods of zero, borrow and carr y flags, re fer to Subsec tion 6.5.2. Caution 1. Caution in the operation • Va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 521

    519 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.18 FNC130 – SIN / Floating Point Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 522

    520 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.19 FNC131 – COS / Floating Point Cosi ne 18.19 FNC131 – COS / Fl oating Point Cosine Outline This instruction obtains the cos ine value of an angle (in radians). → For handling of floating point ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 523

    521 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.20 FNC132 – TAN / Floating Point Tan gent 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Externa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 524

    522 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.21 FNC133 – ASIN / Float ing Point Arc Sine 18.21 FNC133 – ASIN / Fl oating Point Arc Sine Outline This instruction e xecutes SIN − 1 (arc sine) op eration. → For handling of floating point, r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 525

    523 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.21 FNC133 – ASIN / Float ing Point Arc Sine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 526

    524 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.22 FNC134 – ACOS / Floating Poin t Arc Cosine 18.22 FNC134 – ACOS / Floa ting Point Arc Cosine Outline This instruction e xecutes COS − 1 (arc cosine) operation. → For handling of floating poi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 527

    525 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.22 FNC134 – ACOS / Floating Poin t Arc Cosine 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ext ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 528

    526 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.23 FNC135 – ATAN / Floating Point Arc Tan gent 18.23 FNC135 – ATAN / Floa ting Point Arc Tangent Outline This instruction e xecutes the TA N − 1 (arc tangent) operation. → For handling of floa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 529

    527 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.23 FNC135 – ATAN / Floating Point Arc Tan gent 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 530

    528 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.24 FNC136 – RAD / Floating Point Degrees to Radians Conversion 18.24 FNC136 – RAD / Floati ng Poi nt Degrees to Radians Conversion Outline This ins truction co nverts a val ue in de grees into a v ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 531

    529 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.24 FNC136 – RAD / Floating Point Degrees to Radians Conversion 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 532

    530 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 18 Floating Point – FNC110 to FNC139 18.25 FNC137 – DEG / Floating Point Radians to Degrees Conversion 18.25 FNC137 – DEG / Floating Poi nt Radians to Degr ees Conversion Outline This instruction c onverts a va lue in radi ans into a va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 533

    531 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 External FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 534

    532 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of W ord Data Outline This instruc tion calculat es the sum of consecut ive 16-bit or 32-bit da ta. When calculatin g the addition d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 535

    533 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.1 FNC140 – WSUM / Sum of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 536

    534 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – WTOB / WORD to BYTE 19.2 FNC141 – WTOB / WORD to BYTE Outline This instruction separates consecutive 16-b it data in byte units (8 bits). 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applic ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 537

    535 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.2 FNC141 – WTOB / WORD to BYTE 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 538

    536 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD Outline This instruction combine s the low-order 8 bits (low-orde r byte) of consecutive 16-b it data. 1. Instruction format 2. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 539

    537 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.3 FNC142 – BTOW / BYTE to WORD 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 540

    538 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC143 – UNI / 4-bit Lin king of Word Data 19.4 FNC143 – UNI / 4-bi t Linking of Word Data Outline This instruc tion combines the low-order 4 bits of con secutive 16-b it data. 1. Instructio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 541

    539 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.4 FNC143 – UNI / 4-bit Lin king of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 542

    540 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC144 – DIS / 4-bit Groupin g of Word Data 19.5 FNC144 – DIS / 4-bit Grouping of Word Data Outline This instruction separates 16 -bit data into 4 bit units. 1. Instruction format 2. Set dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 543

    541 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.5 FNC144 – DIS / 4-bit Groupin g of Word Data 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 544

    542 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.6 FNC147 – SWAP / Byte Swap 19.6 FNC147 – SW AP / Byte Swap Outline This instruction swaps the high-ord er 8 bits and low-order 8 bits of a word devi ce. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. A ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 545

    543 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sor t Tabulate d Data 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 546

    544 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sor t Tabulate d Data 2 The data tabl e configur ation is expla ined in an exampl e in which the sort ing source data table ha s 3 lines and 4 columns (m1 = K3, m2 = K4). Fo r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 547

    545 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sor t Tabulate d Data 2 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 548

    546 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 19 Data Ope ration 2 – FNC140 to FNC1 49 19.7 FNC149 – SORT2 / Sor t Tabulate d Data 2 Related devices → For the instruc tion execution com plete flag use meth od, refer to Su bsection 6.5.2. Related instruction Cautions • Do not chan ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 549

    547 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I/O Device 16 FNC80-FNC89 External ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 550

    548 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.1 FNC150 – DSZR / Dog Search Zero Return 20.1 FNC150 – DSZR / D og Search Zero Return Outline This instructio n executes a zero re turn, and aligns the mechanical po sition with a p resent ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 551

    549 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.1 FNC150 – DSZR / Dog Search Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 E ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 552

    550 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.2 FNC151 – DVIT / Inte rrupt Positioni ng 20.2 FNC151 – DVIT / Interrupt Positioning Outline This instruction e xecutes one -speed interrupt constant qu antity feed . → For explan ation o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 553

    551 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.2 FNC151 – DVIT / Inte rrupt Positioni ng 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 554

    552 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.3 FNC152 – TBL / Batch Data Posi tioning Mode 20.3 FNC152 – TBL / B atch Data Positioning Mode Outline This instru ction execut es one specifie d table oper ation from the data table set in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 555

    553 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.4 FNC155 – ABS / Absolute Current Valu e Read 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 556

    554 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Z ero Return Outline This instructio n executes a zero re turn, and aligns the mechanical po sition with a p resent value regis ter inside t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 557

    555 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.5 FNC156 – ZRN / Zero Return 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 External FX I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 558

    556 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.6 FNC157 – PLSV / Variabl e Speed Pulse Output 20.6 FNC157 – PLSV / Variable Speed Pulse Output Outline This instruction outputs variable sp eed pulses with an ass igned rotation direction. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 559

    557 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.6 FNC157 – PLSV / Variabl e Speed Pulse Output 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 560

    558 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Increment 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Increment Outline This instruction execute s one-speed positi oning by incr e mental drive. T he movement distance from th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 561

    559 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.7 FNC158 – DRVI / Drive to Increment 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 562

    560 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Dri ve to Absol ute 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Drive to Absolute Outline This instruction exe cutes one-speed positioning by abso lute drive. The mov ement distance from th e ze ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 563

    561 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 20 Positionin g Control – FNC15 0 to FNC159 20.8 FNC159 – DRVA / Dri ve to Absol ute 11 FNC30-FNC39 Rotation and Shift 12 FNC40-FNC49 Data Operation 13 FNC50-FNC59 High-Speed Processing 14 FMC60-FNC69 Handy Instruction 15 FNC70-FNC79 Exte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 564

    562 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21. Real Time Clock Control – FNC160 to FNC169 FNC160 to F NC169 provi de operatio n and comp arison instru ctions for the time da ta. These instructions ca n set the time of the built-in P ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 565

    563 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 566

    564 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.1 FNC160 – TCMP / RTC Data Compare Explanation of function and operation 1. 16-bit o peration (T CMP) The comparison time (hour, minute , and second) stored in , , and is compared with th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 567

    565 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 568

    566 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.2 FNC161 – TZCP / RTC Data Zone Compare Cautions 1. Number of o ccupied de vices Three devices are occupied respecti vely by , , , and . Make sure that these devices are no t used in othe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 569

    567 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 570

    568 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.3 FNC162 – TADD / RTC Data Additi on Cautions 1. Number of o ccupied de vices Three devices are occupied by , and respectively. Make sure that these devices are no t used in other control ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 571

    569 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.4 FNC163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtracti on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 572

    570 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.4 FNC163 – TSUB / RTC Data Subtracti on Cautions 1. Number of o ccupied de vices Three devices are occupied by , and respectively. Make sure that these devices are no t used in other cont ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 573

    571 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.5 FNC164 – HTOS / Hour to Second Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 574

    572 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.5 FNC164 – HTOS / Hour to Second Conversion 2. 32-bit o peration (DHTOS and DHTOSP) The time data (h our, minute, and sec ond) stored in , +1, and +2 is converted in to data in un its of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 575

    573 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.6 FNC165 – STOH / Second to Hour Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 576

    574 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.6 FNC165 – STOH / Second to Hour Conversi on 2. 32-bit operation (DSTOH and DSTOHP) The time data in units of "second" sto red in + 1 and is converted into data in units of &quo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 577

    575 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.7 FNC166 – TRD / Read RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Bloc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 578

    576 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data Outline This instructio n writes the cloc k data to the buil t-in PLC real time cl ock. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 579

    577 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.8 FNC167 – TWR / Set RTC data 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 580

    578 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.9 FNC169 – HOUR / Hour Meter 21.9 FNC169 – HOUR / Hour Meter Outline This instruction measures the ON time of the input contact i n units of hour. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. A ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 581

    579 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 21 Real Time Cl ock Control – FNC1 60 to FNC169 21.9 FNC169 – HOUR / Hour Meter 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 582

    580 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 22 External De vice – FNC170 to FNC179 22. External Device – FNC170 to FNC179 FNC170 to FNC17 9 provide conve rsion instru ctions for gr ay codes used in abs olute type rota ry encoders and instructions dedi cated to analog blo cks. FNC N ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 583

    581 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 22 External De vice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.1 FNC170 – G RY / Decimal to G ray Code Conve rsion 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 584

    582 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 22 External De vice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.2 FNC171 – GBIN / Gray Code to Decimal Conversion 22.2 FNC171 – GBIN / Gray Co de to Decimal Conversion Outline This instruction converts a gray cod e into a binary value, and trans fers it. 1. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 585

    583 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 22 External De vice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.3 FNC176 – RD3A / Read form Dedicated Analog Block 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 586

    584 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 22 External De vice – FNC170 to FNC179 22.4 FNC177 – WR3A / Write to Dedi cated Analog Block 22.4 FNC177 – WR3A / Write to Dedicated Analog Block Outline This instruction writes a digi tal value to the ana log block FX 0N -3A *1 or FX 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 587

    585 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 23 Introduction of Altern ate Instructions – FNC180 23.1 Instruction correspondence table 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 588

    586 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24. Others – FNC181 to FNC189 FNC181 to FNC18 9 provide instru ctions for generatin g random numbers, ex ecuting CRC data operations, an d processing data in high-speed counter operati ons. FNC No. Mnemon ic ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 589

    587 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 590

    588 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.1 FNC182 – COMRD / Read Device Comment Data 2) The final device of is as follows depe nding on the ON/OFF status of M8091. Related device Caution • Specify a device numbe r in device for which a comment ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 591

    589 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.2 FNC184 – RND / Random Number Generation 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Data ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 592

    590 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.3 FNC186 – DUTY / Timing Pulse Generat ion 24.3 FNC186 – DUTY / Ti ming Pulse Generation Outline This instructio n generates th e timing signal whose o ne cycl e corresponds to the specified number of op ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 593

    591 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.3 FNC186 – DUTY / Timing Pulse Generat ion 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Data ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 594

    592 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundan cy Check 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / C yclic Redundancy Check Outline This CRC instruction calcu lates the CRC (cyclic redund ancy check) value which is an err or check method us ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 595

    593 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundan cy Check 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Data ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 596

    594 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundan cy Check 2. Related device *1. Cleared when the PLC mode is changed from RUN to STOP. Caution In this instr uction, “ X 16 + X 15 + X 2 + 1” is used as a po lynomial fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 597

    595 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.4 FNC188 – CRC / Cyclic Redundan cy Check 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Data ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 598

    596 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.5 FNC189 – HCMOV / High-Speed Count er Move 24.5 FNC189 – HCMOV / Hi gh-Speed Counter Move Outline This instruction updates the curren t value of a specifie d high-speed coun ter or ring counter. The fun ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 599

    597 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.5 FNC189 – HCMOV / High-Speed Count er Move 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 600

    598 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.5 FNC189 – HCMOV / High-Speed Count er Move 3) If two or more DHCMOV in structions are used i n one inpu t interrup t program, onl y the first instruction (just after the interrupt poin ter) is executed wh ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 601

    599 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 24 Others – FNC1 81 to FNC189 24.5 FNC189 – HCMOV / High-Speed Count er Move 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 602

    600 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25. Block Data Operation – FNC190 to FNC199 FNC190 to FNC 199 provide instructio ns for adding, subtrac ting and comparing bl ock data. FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Function Reference 190 – – 191 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 603

    601 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Bl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 604

    602 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 2. 32-bit operation (DBK+ and DBK+P) 1) "2n" 32-bit binary data starting from [ +1, ] are added to "2n" 32-b it binary da ta starting ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 605

    603 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.1 FNC192 – BK+ / Block Data Addition 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Bl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 606

    604 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.2 NFC193 – BK– / Block Data Subtracti on 25.2 NFC193 – BK– / Bloc k Data Subtraction Outline This instruction subtracts bin ary block data. 1. Instruction format 2. Set data 3. Applicab ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 607

    605 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.2 NFC193 – BK– / Block Data Subtracti on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 608

    606 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.2 NFC193 – BK– / Block Data Subtracti on Errors An operation error is caus ed in the following cases; Th e error flag M8067 turns ON, and the error code is stored in D8067. • When "n ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 609

    607 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.3 FNC194~199 – BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data Comp are 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 610

    608 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.3 FNC194~199 – BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data Comp are Explanation of function and operation 1. 16-bit operation (BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / BK CM ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 611

    609 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.3 FNC194~199 – BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data Comp are 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 612

    610 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 25 Block Data Operation – FNC190 to F NC199 25.3 FNC194~199 – BKCMP=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Block Data Comp are Caution • When using 32-b it counters (including 32 -bit high-speed cou nters) For comparing 32-bit counters ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 613

    611 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Data Operation 26 FNC200-F NC209 Ch ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 614

    612 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Conversi on 26.1 FNC200 – STR / B IN to Character String Conversion Outline This instruction converts bina ry data into character strings (ASCII ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 615

    613 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 616

    614 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Conversi on - When the number of all digits stor ed in excluding the sign an d decimal point is larger than the number of digi ts of 16-bit bin ary ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 617

    615 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 618

    616 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.1 FNC200 – STR / BIN to Character String Conversi on Program example In the pr ogram below, t he 16-bit bi nary data stor ed in D10 is converted into a chara cter string in accordance with ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 619

    617 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC201 – VAL / Character String to BIN Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 620

    618 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC201 – VAL / Character String to BIN Conversi on For example, whe n a character stri ng "-123.45" is s pecified in and later, the c onversion resu lt is stored in and as show ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 621

    619 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC201 – VAL / Character String to BIN Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 622

    620 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC201 – VAL / Character String to BIN Conversi on 5) [ + 1, ] stores 16-bit data (bin ) converted from a character string with the decimal point ig nored. For the characte r string loca ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 623

    621 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.2 FNC201 – VAL / Character String to BIN Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 624

    622 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC202 – $+ / Link Character Strings 26.3 FNC202 – $+ / Link C haracter Strings Outline This instru ction link s a characte r string to another ch aracter string . → For handling of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 625

    623 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.3 FNC202 – $+ / Link Character Strings 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 626

    624 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC203 – L EN / Character String Length Detecti on 26.4 FNC203 – LEN / Characte r String Length Detection Outline This instruction detects the number of charac ters (bytes) of a specif ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 627

    625 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.4 FNC203 – L EN / Character String Length Detecti on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 628

    626 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Character String Data from the Right 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extract ing Char acter String Data from the Right Outline This instru ction extra cts a specifi e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 629

    627 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.5 FNC204 – RIGHT / Extracting Character String Data from the Right 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 630

    628 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character String Data from the L eft 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extr acting Character String Data from the Left Outline This instruction extracts a specif ied numb ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 631

    629 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.6 FNC205 – LEFT / Extracting Character String Data from the L eft 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 632

    630 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Ran dom Selection of Character Strin gs 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Random Selection of Character Strings Outline This instruction extracts a specifie d number of characters f ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 633

    631 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Ran dom Selection of Character Strin gs 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Oth ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 634

    632 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.7 FNC206 – MIDR / Ran dom Selection of Character Strin gs Errors An operation error is caus ed in the following cases; Th e error flag M8067 turns ON, and the error code is stored in D8067 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 635

    633 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Random Replacement of Character Strings 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Oth ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 636

    634 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Random Replacement of Character Strings • The character string stored in and la ter or and later indic ates data stored in d evices from the specified device un til “ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 637

    635 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.8 FNC207 – MIDW / Random Replacement of Character Strings 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Oth ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 638

    636 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC208 – I NSTR / Character st ring search 26.9 FNC208 – INSTR / Ch aracter string search Outline This instru ction search es a specifie d charac ter string within another characte r s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 639

    637 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.9 FNC208 – I NSTR / Character st ring search 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 640

    638 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC209 – $MOV / Character St ring Transfer 26.10 FNC209 – $MOV / Character String Transfer Outline This instruction transfers character strin g data. → For handling of character str ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 641

    639 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 26 Character String Control – FNC200 to FNC209 26.10 FNC209 – $MOV / Character St ring Transfer 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC19 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 642

    640 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27. Data Operation 3 – FNC210 to FNC219 FNC210 to FNC2 19 provide in structions for re ading last-in data and controlling le ftward/rightwa rd shift ins tructions with carry. FNC No. Mnemonic Symbo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 643

    641 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FNC210 – FDEL / Deleting Data fro m Tables 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 644

    642 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.1 FNC210 – FDEL / Deleting Data fro m Tables Errors An operation error is caus ed in the following cases; Th e error flag M8067 turns ON, and the error code is stored in D8067. • When the tabl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 645

    643 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 646

    644 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.2 FNC211 – FINS / Inserting Data to Tables Errors An operation error is caus ed in the following cases; Th e error flag M8067 turns ON, and the error code is stored in D8067. • When the table ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 647

    645 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC212 – PO P / Shift Last Data Re ad [FILO Contr ol] 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 648

    646 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC212 – PO P / Shift Last Data Re ad [FILO Contr ol] • Subtract “1” from the va lue of the poi nter data . Related device → For the zero flag use method , refer to Su bsection 6.5.2. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 649

    647 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.3 FNC212 – PO P / Shift Last Data Re ad [FILO Contr ol] 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 650

    648 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right with Carry 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bi t Shift Right with Carry Outline This instructio n shifts 16 bit s stored in a word device righ tward by “n” bi ts. 1. In ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 651

    649 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.4 FNC213 – SFR / Bit Shift Right with Carry 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 9 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 652

    650 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SFL / Bit Shift Left with Carry 27.5 FNC214 – SFL / B i t Shift Left with Carry Outline This instructio n shifts 16 bit s stored in a word device le ftward by “n” bits. 1. Instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 653

    651 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 27 Data Ope ration 3 – FNC210 to FNC2 19 27.5 FNC214 – SFL / Bit Shift Left with Carry 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 654

    652 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 28. Data Comparison – FNC220 to FNC249 FNC220 to FNC2 49 provide data comparison i nstructions wh ich can be handle d as contact symbols in progr amming such as LD, AND and OR. FNC No. Mnemonic Symbo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 655

    653 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block Data Operation 26 FNC200-F NC209 Char acte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 656

    654 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, >, <, <>, <=, >= / Data Comparison 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, >, <, <>, <=, >= / Data Comparison Outline These instructio ns compare numeric ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 657

    655 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.1 FNC224~230 – LD =, >, <, <>, <=, >= / Data Comparison 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 658

    656 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison 28.2 FNC232~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Outline These instructions co mpare numer ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 659

    657 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.2 FNC232~238 – AND=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 660

    658 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FNC240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Co mparison 28.3 FNC240~246 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Comparison Outline These instructions co mpare numer ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 661

    659 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 28 Data Compa rison – FNC220 to FNC249 28.3 FNC240~2 46 – OR=, >, <, < >, <=, >= / Data Co mparison 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 662

    660 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29. Data Table Operation – FNC250 to FNC269 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Function Reference 250 − − 251 − − 252 − − 253 − − 254 − − 255 − − 256 LIMIT Limit Control S ection 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 663

    661 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.1 FNC256 – LIMIT / Li mit Control 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Bloc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 664

    662 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.1 FNC256 – LIMIT / Li mit Control • When controlling the output value using only the lower limit value , set “32767” to the upper limit value spec ified in . 2. 32-bit operation (DLIMI ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 665

    663 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.1 FNC256 – LIMIT / Li mit Control 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Bloc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 666

    664 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.2 FNC257 – BAND / Dead Band Co ntrol 29.2 FNC257 – BAND / Dead Band Control Outline This instruction provides the upper limit value and lower limit va lue of the dead band for an input num ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 667

    665 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.2 FNC257 – BAND / Dead Band Co ntrol 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 B ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 668

    666 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.2 FNC257 – BAND / Dead Band Co ntrol Program examples 1. Program example 1 In the program examp le shown below, the BCD data set in X020 to X037 is controlled by th e dead band fro m “-100 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 669

    667 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.3 FNC258 – ZONE / Zone Control 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 670

    668 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.3 FNC258 – ZONE / Zone Control 2. 32-bit operation (DZONE and DZONEP) The bias value sp ecified by [ +1, ] or [ +1, ] is added to the input value sp ecified by [ +1, ], and outp ut to the de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 671

    669 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.3 FNC258 – ZONE / Zone Control 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC1 99 Block D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 672

    670 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scaling (Coordi nate by Point Data) 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scal ing (C oordinate by Point Data) Outline This instruction executes scaling of the input value u sing a specifie ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 673

    671 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scaling (Coordi nate by Point Data) 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 674

    672 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scaling (Coordi nate by Point Data) Setting the conversion setti ng data table for scaling Errors An operation error is caus ed in the following cases; Th e error flag M8067 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 675

    673 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.4 FNC259 – SCL / Scaling (Coordi nate by Point Data) 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 676

    674 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Decimal ASCII to BIN Conversi on 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Decima l ASCII to BIN Conversion Outline This instruction converts nu meric data expressed in decimal ASCII code s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 677

    675 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Decimal ASCII to BIN Conversi on 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 678

    676 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.5 FNC260 – DABIN / Decimal ASCII to BIN Conversi on Program example In the program be low, the sign an d decimal ASCII cod es in fi ve digi ts stored in D20 to D22 are c onverted into a bina ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 679

    677 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BIN to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 680

    678 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BIN to Decimal ASCII Conversion b) "2 0H (space)" is stor ed for "0" on the left side of the effective di gits (zero suppre ssion). c) +3 is set as fol ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 681

    679 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.6 FNC261 – BINDA / BIN to Decimal ASCII Conversion 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 682

    680 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordina te by X/Y Data) 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordinate by X/Y Data) Outline This instruction executes scaling of the input value u sing a specifie ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 683

    681 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordina te by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 684

    682 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordina te by X/Y Data) Setting the conversion setti ng data table for scaling *1. When coordina tes are specified us ing three points as shown in the p oints 4 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 685

    683 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 29 Data Tab le Operatio n – FNC250 to FNC269 29.7 FNC269 – SCL2 / Scaling 2 (Coordina te by X/Y Data) 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 686

    684 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30. External Device Communication – FNC270 to FNC276 FNC270 to FNC 276 provide instructio ns for executin g inverter communication and MODBUS communic ation. FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 687

    685 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Check 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 688

    686 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.1 FNC270 – IVCK / Inverter Status Check 2. Inverter instruction codes The table belo w shows inverter instructio n codes which can be specified in . Only use the instruction codes ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 689

    687 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Inverter Drive 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC190-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 690

    688 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.2 FNC271 – IVDR / Inverter Drive 2. Inverter instruction codes The table below shows in verter inst ruction code s which can be spe cified in . For instru ction code s, refer to th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 691

    689 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.3 FNC272 – IVRD / In verter Parameter Read 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 692

    690 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.3 FNC272 – IVRD / In verter Parameter Read 2. Related devices → For the instruc tion execution com plete flag use meth od, refer to Su bsection 6.5.2. *1. Cleared when PLC power ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 693

    691 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Parameter Write 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 694

    692 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.4 FNC273 – IVWR / Inverter Parameter Write 2. Related devices → For the instruc tion execution com plete flag use meth od, refer to Su bsection 6.5.2. *1. Cleared when PLC power ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 695

    693 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.5 FNC274 – I VBWR / Inverter Para meter Block Write 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 696

    694 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.5 FNC274 – I VBWR / Inverter Para meter Block Write 2. Related devices → For the instruc tion execution com plete flag use meth od, refer to Su bsection 6.5.2. *1. Cleared when P ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 697

    695 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.6 FNC275 – IVMC / Inverter Multi Command 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FN ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 698

    696 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.6 FNC275 – IVMC / Inverter Multi Command 3. Related devices → For the instruc tion execution com plete flag use meth od, refer to Su bsection 6.5.2. *1. Cleared when PLC power su ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 699

    697 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.7 FNC276 - MODBUS Read/Write Instruction 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 700

    698 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.7 FNC276 - MODBUS Read/Write Instruction 30.7.1 Command Code a nd Command Parameters The following table shows the required command parameters for each command code. / 1H Read Coils ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 701

    699 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.7 FNC276 - MODBUS Read/Write Instruction 21 FNC160-FNC1 69 Real T i me Clock Control 22 FNC170-FNC179 External Device 23 FNC180 Alternate Instructions 24 FNC181-FNC189 Others 25 FNC1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 702

    700 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 30 External De vice Communi cati on – FNC270 to FNC276 30.7 FNC276 - MODBUS Read/Write Instruction *1. This calculation formula is applicable when the applicable device is D or R. 11H Report Slave ID (Available only in FX 3U and FX 3UC PLCs ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 703

    701 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 31 Data Transfer 3 – FNC277 to FN C279 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt Functio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 704

    702 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 31 Data Transfer 3 – FNC277 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31.1 FNC278 – RB FM / Divided BFM Read Outline This instru ction read s data from c ontinuous buffer memori es (BFM) in a special function uni t/block ov er se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 705

    703 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 31 Data Transfer 3 – FNC277 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 706

    704 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 31 Data Transfer 3 – FNC277 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read Cautions • A watchdog timer error may occur when many numbers of points are transferred in one operation cycle. In such a case, take one of the fo llowing coun ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 707

    705 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 31 Data Transfer 3 – FNC277 to FN C279 31.1 FNC278 – RBFM / Divided BFM Read 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 708

    706 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 31 Data Transfer 3 – FNC277 to FN C279 31.2 FNC279 – WBFM / Divided BFM Writ e 31.2 FNC279 – WBFM / Divided BFM Write Outline This instruction writes da ta to contin uous buffer memories (B FM) in a special function uni t/block over sev ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 709

    707 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 31 Data Transfer 3 – FNC277 to FN C279 31.2 FNC279 – WBFM / Divided BFM Writ e 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 710

    708 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 32 High-Speed Proce ssing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 32. High-Speed Processing 2 – FNC280 to FNC289 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Function Reference 280 HSCT High-Speed Counter Compare With D ata Table Section 32. 1 281 − − 282 − − 283 − ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 711

    709 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 32 High-Speed Proce ssing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 32.1 FNC280 – HSCT / High-Speed Counter Compare With Data Ta ble 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 712

    710 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 32 High-Speed Proce ssing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 32.1 FNC280 – HSCT / High-Speed Counter Compare With Data Ta ble Operation output setting (SET [1] or RESET [0]) [Up to 16 points] 1) When this instruction is executed, the d a ta table is s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 713

    711 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 32 High-Speed Proce ssing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 32.1 FNC280 – HSCT / High-Speed Counter Compare With Data Ta ble 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 714

    712 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 32 High-Speed Proce ssing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 32.1 FNC280 – HSCT / High-Speed Counter Compare With Data Ta ble Cautions • This instruction can be exe cuted onl y once in a program. If this in struction i s programmed two or more time ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 715

    713 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 32 High-Speed Proce ssing 2 – FNC280 to FN C289 32.1 FNC280 – HSCT / High-Speed Counter Compare With Data Ta ble 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 716

    714 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33. Extension File Register Control – FNC290 to FNC299 FNC No. Mnemonic Symbol Function Reference 290 LOADR Load From ER Se ction 33.1 291 SAVER Save t o ER Sect ion 33.2 292 INITR I ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 717

    715 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.1 FNC290 – LOADR / Load From ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 718

    716 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.1 FNC290 – LOADR / Load From ER 2) In FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs a) W hen a memory cassette is connec ted (A memory cassette can be connected only to FX 3G PLC.) The contents (c urrent va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 719

    717 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.1 FNC290 – LOADR / Load From ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 720

    718 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER Outline This instru ction write s the current values of t he extension registers (R ) stored in th e PLC's bu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 721

    719 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 722

    720 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER 2. Initia lization o f ex tension file registers Execute th e INITER (FNC295) or INI TR (FNC292) inst ruction to targ et extension fil e registers (E ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 723

    721 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 724

    722 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER Program examples 1) In the case of FX 3U PLC Ver. 2.20 or later and FX 3UC PLC Ver. 1.30 or later In the example shown below, only extension register ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 725

    723 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 726

    724 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER 2) In the case of FX 3UC PLC before Ver. 1. 30 In the example shown below, only extension register s R10 to R19 (in sector 0) need to be updated in t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 727

    725 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.2 FNC291 – SAVER / Save to ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 728

    726 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.3 FNC292 – I NITR / Ini tialize R and ER 33.3 FNC292 – INITR / Initialize R and ER Outline This instruc tion initiali zes extension re gisters (R) to “HFFFF” (<K-1>) i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 729

    727 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.3 FNC292 – I NITR / Ini tialize R and ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 730

    728 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.3 FNC292 – I NITR / Ini tialize R and ER • Setting the WDT (FNC 07) instruction j ust before and after the INITR ins truction as shown below: If the processing time of the INITR ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 731

    729 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.4 FNC293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 732

    730 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.4 FNC293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER Logging data form at The tab le below shows the h ead devi ce number i n each se ctor: Cautions 1. LOGR instruction The LOGR instructio n execut ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 733

    731 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.4 FNC293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 734

    732 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.4 FNC293 – LOGR / Logging R and ER 5) To the PLC, write the data which was tempor arily withdr awn to GX Works 2. [1] S elect “Online” → “Write to PLC...” to display the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 735

    733 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 736

    734 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 2) In FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs a) W hen a memory cassette is connec ted (A memory cassette can be connected only to FX 3G PLC.) The contents (curren t va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 737

    735 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 738

    736 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 3. Allowable n umber of wri tes to the memory Note the following cautions on acce ss to extensio n file registers. •I n F X 3U /FX 3UC PLCs Data ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 739

    737 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.5 FNC294 – RWER / Rewrite to ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 740

    738 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Initiali ze ER 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Initialize ER Outline This instruc tion initia lizes extensi on file re gisters (ER) to “HFFFF” (<K-1>) in a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 741

    739 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Initiali ze ER 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 742

    740 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 33 Extension File Register Contro l – FNC290 to F NC299 33.6 FNC295 – INITER / Initiali ze ER Errors An operation error is caus ed in the following cases; Th e error flag M8067 turns ON, and the error code is stored in D8067. • When any ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 743

    741 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 744

    742 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.1 FNC300 – FL CRT / File create • check 34.1 FNC300 – FLCRT / File create • check Outline The FLCRT instruction creates a file in side the CompactFlash TM card mounted in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 745

    743 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.1 FNC300 – FL CRT / File create • check 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 746

    744 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.2 FNC301 – FLDEL / File delet e • CF card format 34.2 FNC301 – FLDE L / File delete • CF card format Outline The FLDEL instru ction deletes file s stored in the CompactFl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 747

    745 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.2 FNC301 – FLDEL / File delet e • CF card format 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 748

    746 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.3 FNC302 – FLWR / Data write 34.3 FNC302 – FLWR / Data write Outline The FLWR instruction w rites data to the Comp actFlash TM card or to the buffer inside the FX 3U -CF-ADP. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 749

    747 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.3 FNC302 – FLWR / Data write 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 750

    748 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.3 FNC302 – FLWR / Data write 34.3.1 Detailed explanation of settin g data Details on the setti ng data in the FLWR instructio n are as shown belo w. Cautions • The FLWR instru ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 751

    749 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.4 FNC303 – FLRD / Data read 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 752

    750 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.4 FNC303 – FLRD / Data read 34.4.1 Detailed explanation of settin g data Details on the setti ng data in the FLRD instruction are as sho wn below. Cautions • The FLRD instruct ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 753

    751 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.5 FNC304 – FLCMD / FX3U-CF-ADP command 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 754

    752 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.5 FNC304 – FLCMD / FX3U-CF-ADP command 34.5.1 Detailed explanation of settin g data Details on the setti ng data in the FLCMD instruction are as shown below. *1. The CompactF la ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 755

    753 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.6 FNC305 – FLSTRD / FX3U-CF-ADP status read 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC30 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 756

    754 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.6 FNC305 – FLSTRD / FX3U-CF-ADP status read 34.6.1 Detailed explanation of settin g data Details on the setti ng data in the FLSTR D instruction are a s shown below. • When is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 757

    755 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 34 FX3U-CF-AD P Applied Instruc tions – FNC300 to FNC 305 34.6 FNC305 – FLSTRD / FX3U-CF-ADP status read 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC30 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 758

    756 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 35. SFC Program and Step Ladder This chapter ex plains the programming p rocedures a nd sequenc e operations fo r the “SFC ” and “ste p ladder” programming methods in GX Works2 and GX D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 759

    757 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 760

    758 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 35.1.3 SFC program creating procedure Create an S FC program using the f ollowing pr ocedure: 1. Operation example 1) When the start pushbutton switch is pressed, the truck moves forw ard. When ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 761

    759 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 762

    760 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 4. Inputting and indicating a pr ogram using GX Works2 and GX Developer • Input a circuit f or setting the initia l state r elay to ON us ing the re lay ladder. In this example , the initial ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 763

    761 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 764

    762 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 35.1.6 Role of the RET instruction • Use the RET instructi on at the end of an SF C program. When inputting an SFC program using GX Works2 and GX Developer, ho wever, it is not necess ary to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 765

    763 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 766

    764 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program Operation of “  ” and “ V ” Use “  ” to express transfer to a state relay in an upper positi on (repeat), tra nsfer to a st ate relay in a l ower posi tion (jump), or transfe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 767

    765 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 768

    766 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program Programming complicated transfer conditions In a tran sfer conditi on circuit , the ANB, ORB, MPS , MRD and MPP instructio ns are not available. Program the circuit as shown below : Processing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 769

    767 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 770

    768 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 35.1.8 SFC flow formats This section show s operation pa tterns of single fl ows an d operation pa tterns when selec tive branches and p arallel branches a re combin ed in SFC progr ams. 1. Jum ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 771

    769 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 772

    770 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program Composite flows with branches and recombination The single flow format is the fundamenta l style in process tra nsfer control. Only sin gle flow is sufficien t in sequence control for s imple o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 773

    771 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 774

    772 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 35.1.10 Rule for creating branch circuit Limitation in the number of bra nch circuits In one parallel branch or se lective branch, up to eight circuits can be provided. When there are many para ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 775

    773 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 776

    774 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 2. When there are selective branches continuously, reduce th e number of branches. X000 20 1 2 X001 21 3 22 4 5 29 X003 X007 6 X004 23 7 24 8 X006 9 10 25 11 26 12 13 X013 X017 X010 X011 14 27 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 777

    775 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 778

    776 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 6. It is not permitted to cross flows in SFC programs. Change a flow on the left to a flow on the right. This ch ange enables i nverse conversio n from a program on the instruction word basi s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 779

    777 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 780

    778 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 3. Example of cam shaft turnin g control The limit switch es X013 and X01 1 are provided in two positions, large forward ro tation angle an d small forward rotation angle. The limit switch es X ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 781

    779 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 782

    780 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program The partial skip flo w shown on the previous pa ge can be expressed in a flow of selective branches and recomb ination as shown below. Make sure that a flow proceeds fro m top to bottom, an d t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 783

    781 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 784

    782 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program In an SFC pr ogram for selecti ng large o r small produ cts and judging p roducts as eith er accepted or rejected, s elective branches and recombi nation are adopted a s shown in the figure be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 785

    783 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 786

    784 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.1 SFC Program M8002 Ladder block SET Initial pu lse 0 SFC block 0 21 1 T0 RET END TRAN 0 X00 0 X00 1 Cro ssing butto n Y003 Road: Green T0 K300 22 2 T1 TRAN Y002 Road: Yellow T1 K100 23 Y001 T2 K50 Road: Red ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 787

    785 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 788

    786 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder *1. Output coils can be used again i n different state relays. *2. It is not possible to place a po inter immediately after the S TL instruction. If a pointer is placed , a circuit error (Error ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 789

    787 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 790

    788 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 35.2.4 Creation of step ladder program (SF C program → STL prog ram) The figure on the left sh ows one state relay extracted as an example from an SFC program. Each state relay has three func ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 791

    789 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 792

    790 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder Special auxiliary re lays For efficie ntly creati ng step ladd er programs, it i s nece ssary to use some spec ial auxiliary relays. The tabl e below shows major ones. The special auxil iary re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 793

    791 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 794

    792 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 35.2.6 Program with state relays in branch es and recombination 1. Example of selective branch Do not use MPS, MRD, MPP, ANB and ORB instructi ons in a transfer proce ssing program with bra nch ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 795

    793 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 796

    794 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 4. Example of parallel recombinatio n Do not use MPS , MRD, MPP, ANB and ORB instruc tions in a pr ogram with bra nches and r ecombination. Even in a load driv ing circuit, MPS instructions ca ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 797

    795 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 798

    796 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 35.2.7 Program examples Examples of single flows 1. Example of fl icker circuit • When the PLC mode is changed from STOP to RUN, the state relay S3 is driven b y the initi al pulse (M8002) . ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 799

    797 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 800

    798 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder Examples of flows with selective branches and recombination 1. Example of selecting and carrying la rge and small balls The figure belo w shows a mechanism w hich selects and carrie s large and ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 801

    799 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 802

    800 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder Example of flows with parallel branches and recombinatio n When the parts A, B and C are proces sed in parallel an d then assembled, flows ha ving parallel branch es and recombination a re used ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 803

    801 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 35 SFC Program and St ep Ladder 35.2 Step Ladder 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Programming 36 Interrupt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 804

    802 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.1 Outline 36. Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function This chapter explai ns the built-in interrupt fun ction and pulse catch function in FX PLC. 36.1 Outline This section exp lains the fu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 805

    803 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.2 Comm on Items 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 806

    804 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.2 Comm on Items 2) Program ex ample In the program example show n below, when M8053 is set to ON by M20, the inte rrupt input I301 triggered by X003 is disabl ed. 36.2.2 Related items 1. Using ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 807

    805 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.2 Comm on Items 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 808

    806 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.2 Comm on Items Example in which latch ed outputs are reset (counterm easures) 1) Program ex ample 2) Timing chart RST C0 X002 FNC 06 FEND RST C0 RST Y007 Program t o reset Y007 at an arbi tra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 809

    807 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.3 Input Inte rrupt (Interrupt T riggered by Ex ternal Signal) [W ithout Dela y Function] 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 810

    808 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.3 Input Inte rrupt (Interrupt T riggered by Ex ternal Signal) [W ithout Dela y Function] 5. How to disable each interrupt input When any amo ng M8050 to M8 055 is set t o ON in a pr ogram, int ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 811

    809 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.3 Input Inte rrupt (Interrupt T riggered by Ex ternal Signal) [W ithout Dela y Function] 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 812

    810 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.3 Input Inte rrupt (Interrupt T riggered by Ex ternal Signal) [W ithout Dela y Function] 4) When catching a short pulse In the program example shown below, the ON stat us is he ld for a certai ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 813

    811 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.3 Input Inte rrupt (Interrupt T riggered by Ex ternal Signal) [W ithout Dela y Function] 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 814

    812 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.3 Input Inte rrupt (Interrupt T riggered by Ex ternal Signal) [W ithout Dela y Function] 2. Example of progra m to measure t he short pulse width using a high -speed ring counter (only in FX 3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 815

    813 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.4 Input interrup t (Interrupt by Externa l Signal) [With Delay Fun ction] 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register C ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 816

    814 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.5 Timer Interrup t (Interrupt in Constant C ycle) 3. Basic program (progra mming procedure) 4. Number and operation of (th ree) timer interrupt point ers An interrupt routine p rogram is execu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 817

    815 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.5 Timer Interrup t (Interrupt in Constant C ycle) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 818

    816 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.5 Timer Interrup t (Interrupt in Constant C ycle) 2. Timer interrupt processing of RAMP (FNC 67) instruction The ramp signal output circu it shown below is prog rammed using the timer i nterru ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 819

    817 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.5 Timer Interrup t (Interrupt in Constant C ycle) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 820

    818 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.6 Counter Interrupt - Inte rrupt Triggered by Counting Up o f High-Spee d Counter 36.6 Counter Interrupt - Interrupt Tri ggered by Counting Up of High-Speed Counter 1. Outline This type of int ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 821

    819 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.7 Pulse Catch Fu nction [M8170 to M8177] 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 822

    820 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.8 Pulse width/Pulse p eriod measuremen t fu nction [M8 075 to M807 9, D8074 to D8 097] 36.8 Pulse width/Pulse period measurem ent function [M8075 to M8079, D8074 to D8097] The puls e width/pul ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 823

    821 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.8 Pulse width/Pulse p eriod measuremen t fu nction [M8 075 to M807 9, D8074 to D8 097] 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension Fi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 824

    822 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.8 Pulse width/Pulse p eriod measuremen t fu nction [M8 075 to M807 9, D8074 to D8 097] 3) Signal delay time me asurement The delay time from the rising e dge of the inp ut signal from X0 00 to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 825

    823 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 36 Interrupt Function and Pulse Catch Function 36.8 Pulse width/Pulse p eriod measuremen t fu nction [M8 075 to M807 9, D8074 to D8 097] 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension Fi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 826

    824 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37. Operation of Special Devices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Device List (M8000 -, D8000 -) The device numbers a nd function s of the special ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 827

    825 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 828

    826 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) PLC Mode M 8030 *1 Battery L ED OFF When M8030 set to ON, LED on PLC is not lit even if batter y voltage low i s detected . → Refer to S ubsect ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 829

    827 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 830

    828 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Error Detectio n (Refer to Chapte r 38 for details.) [M]8060 I/O config uration err or –     D8060 – – –  [M]8061 PLC h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 831

    829 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 832

    830 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Memory Information [M]8101 Not used – – – – – – ––––– [M]8102 – – – – – – ––––– [M]8103 – – – ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 833

    831 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 834

    832 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Advanced Funct ion M 8160 *1 SWAP function of XCH (FNC 17) – – –   –– – –  M 8161 *1*2 8-bit pro cess mode    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 835

    833 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 836

    834 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Counter Up/down Cou nter Counting Direct ion (R efer to Sect ion 4.6 for deta ils.) M 8200 C200 When M8  is ON, the correspondi ng C  ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 837

    835 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 838

    836 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Flags [M]8300 to [ M]8303 Not used – – – – – – ––––– [M]8304 Zero ON when th e multiplica tion and divi sion calculated res ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 839

    837 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 840

    838 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Positioning [FX 3U ] (Re fer to Positioning Control Man ual for details.) [M]8370 [Y003] Pu lse output monito r (ON: BUSY/ OFF: READY) – – ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 841

    839 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 842

    840 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) FX 3U -CF-ADP [ch1] (Refer to CF-A DP Manual for details .) [M]8400 to [ M]8401 Not used – – – – – – ––––– [M]8402 CF-ADP i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 843

    841 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 844

    842 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1.2 Special Data Register (D8000 to D8511) Number a nd name Content of register Applicable model FX 3S FX 3G FX 3GC FX 3U FX 3UC Correspond- i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 845

    843 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 846

    844 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Input Filter D 8020 Input filter adjustment Input filt er value of X00 0 to X017 *1 (Default: 10 ms) → Refer to S ubsection 37.2.9.    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 847

    845 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 848

    846 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Parallel Li nk (Ref er to Data Communication Edition for details.) [D]8070 Parall el link erro r time-out ch eck time: 50 0 ms     ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 849

    847 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 850

    848 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Memory Information [D]8101 PLC type and system versio n 28 26 26 16 1 6 – ––––– [D]8102 Memory capacity 2 ...... 2K steps 4 ...... 4K ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 851

    849 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 852

    850 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Inverter Communication Func tion (Refer to Data Commun ication Edition fo r details.) D 8150 *1 Response wait time o f inverter commun ication [c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 853

    851 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 854

    852 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Index Register Z1 to Z7 and V1 to V7 [D]8182 Value of Z1 registe r      –   [D]8183 Value of V1 registe r   ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 855

    853 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 856

    854 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Display Module Function (F X 3G -5DM, FX 3U -7DM) (Refer to Ha rdware Editio n Manual of PLC main unit use d for details.) D 8300 Control devi ce ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 857

    855 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 858

    856 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) Positi oning [ FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC ] (Refer to Positioning Control Edition for details.) D 8360 Lower [Y002] Curre nt value regi ster Default: 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 859

    857 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 860

    858 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) RS2 (FNC 87) [ch2] an d Computer Link [ch2] (Re fer to Data Communication Ed ition for details.) D 8420 RS2 (FNC 87) [ch2] Communicat ion format ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 861

    859 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 862

    860 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) FX 3U -CF-ADP [ch1] (Refer to CF-A DP Manual for details .) [D]8400 to [D]840 1 Not used – – – – – – ––– –– [D]8402 Step nu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 863

    861 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 864

    862 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) FX 3U -ENET-A DP [ch2] (R efer to ENE T-ADP Manua l for deta ils.) [D]8420 IP A ddress (Lo w-order) –  *1  *1  *2  *2 – ––– ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 865

    863 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.1 Special Devic e List (M8000 -, D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 866

    864 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Special De vices (M8000 - and D8000 -) This section expl ains how to use th e provided spe cial devices to acti v ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 867

    865 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 868

    866 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 37.2.4 Power failure detection time [D8008, M8008 a nd M8007] 1. FX 3U PLC (AC power supply type) The table below shows the allowabl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 869

    867 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 870

    868 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 37.2.8 How to set real time clock The real time clock is se t by the following method. 1. Method using the displa y module This subs ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 871

    869 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 872

    870 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 37.2.9 Input filter adjustment [D8 020] The inputs X000 to X017 *1 have a digi tal filter circuit with a setting ra nge of 0 to 6 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 873

    871 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 874

    872 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 37.2.11 Built-in analog volume [D8030 a nd D8031] Values of v ariable analo g potentio meters built in FX 3S /FX 3G PLCs *1 as stand ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 875

    873 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 876

    874 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 4. RUN/STOP command via the programming tool 1) Using the programming softw are for personal comp uter There is a remote RUN/STOP fu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 877

    875 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 878

    876 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 2. Special data register (D8260 t o D8279) •F X 3S /FX 3G PLCs *1. In the case of FX 3S PLC, a ll versions are applica ble. *2. On ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 879

    877 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 880

    878 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) *1. In the case of FX 3U PLCs, all versi ons are ap plicable. Number Operat ion and funct ion FX 3U -4AD-PT(W)- ADP FX 3U -4AD-TC-AD ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 881

    879 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 882

    880 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 2. Special data registers (D8 260 to D8299) •F X 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. In the case of FX 3U PLCs, all versi ons are ap plicable. Numb ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 883

    881 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 884

    882 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) •F X 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC PLC s *1. In the case of FX 3S /FX 3G PLCs, all ve rsions are app licable. *2. Can be connected only to F X ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 885

    883 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 37 Operation of Special D evices (M8000 -, D8000 -) 37.2 Supplement of Speci al Devices (M8000 - and D8000 -) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 886

    884 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.1 States and Colors of LEDs PLC Operation Stat us 38. Error Check Method and Error Code List When an error o ccurs while th e program is be ing executed , troublesh oot the cause o f the error in a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 887

    885 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.1 States and Colors of LEDs PLC Operation Stat us 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 888

    886 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.1 States and Colors of LEDs PLC Operation Stat us 38.1.5 ERROR (ERR) LED [lit, flickering or unlit] 38.1.6 L RUN LED [FX 3UC -32MT-LT(-2)] *1. FX 3UC -32MT-LT onl y. LED status PLC status Action Li ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 889

    887 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.1 States and Colors of LEDs PLC Operation Stat us 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 890

    888 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.2 Error Code Check Method and Indication 38.2 Error Code Check Method and Indication 38.2.1 Error code check method by displa y module The error code can be che cked by programming to ol and displa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 891

    889 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.2 Error Code Check Method and Indication 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 892

    890 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.2 Error Code Check Method and Indication 38.2.3 Error indication The table below sh ows the error expression i n this manual, GX Work s2, GX Developer, an d display modules (FX 3U - 7DM). • Compa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 893

    891 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.3 Supplementary Expl anation of Devi ces for Error Detecti on 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 894

    892 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.3 Supplementary Expl anation of Devi ces for Error Detecti on 38.3.2 Operations of special devices fo r error detection Special auxiliar y relays for error detection and spe cial data registers for ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 895

    893 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 896

    894 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action PLC hardware er ror [M8061( D8061)] 6103 Stops operation I/O bus error ( M8069 = ON) Verify that exte nsion cabl es are corr ectly co nnected. 6104 Powe red extensi on ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 897

    895 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 898

    896 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action Syntax err or [M8065( D8065)] 0000 ⎯ No error 6501 Stops operation Incorrect co mbinatio n of instruc tion, devic e symbol and device number During prog ramming, each ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 899

    897 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 900

    898 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action Operation er ror [M8067(D8 067)] 6748 Continue s operation PID output upp er limit set va lue < PID outpu t lower limi t set value. <Transpose of output upper lim ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 901

    899 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 902

    900 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 38 Error Check Method and Error Code List 38.4 Error Code List and Action *1. "  " indica tes the foll owing values for each sp ecial adap ter/special block wher e an error has occurred. If an error has occurred in 2 or more s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 903

    901 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 904

    902 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility 2) GX Developer • GX Develo per English ve rsion (SW  D5C-GPPW-E) is applicable to FX 3G /FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs from the following versions. ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 905

    903 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 906

    904 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility In FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs 1) RS-422/RS -232C/USB c ommunication The FX 3U /FX 3UC PLCs can write and read p rograms and perform monitorin g at 115.2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 907

    905 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 908

    906 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility Cautions on writing during RUN *1. Circuit blocks cannot be e dited to inse rt a label a s shown below when written during RUN. Item Caution Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 909

    907 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 910

    908 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility Appendix A-1-3 Precautions on Use of (Built-in USB) Programming Port Make sure to set the contents described in this section wh en using the (bu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 911

    909 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 912

    910 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-1 Programming Tool Applicab ility Appendix A-1-5 Cautions on usin g transparent (2-port) function of GOT-F900 Series Make sure to provide the following se tting when exe cut ing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 913

    911 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-2 Peripheral pro duct applicabili ty (except programmin g tools) 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Regis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 914

    912 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-2 Peripheral pro duct applicabili ty (except programmin g tools) FX 3G /FX 3GC PLCs FX 3U /FX 3UC PLC *1. The F940GOT a nd ET-940 whose version is earlier th an Ver. 1.10 d o not ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 915

    913 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-3 Version Upgrade Hist ory 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 916

    914 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-3 Version Upgrade Hist ory Appendix A-3-2 Version check The PLC versio n can be verifie d by monitoring the speci al data register D8001 or D8101 and checki ng the last three dig ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 917

    915 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-3 Version Upgrade Hist ory 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 918

    916 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition A Programming Tool Applicability and Version Up grade History A-3 Version Upgrade Hist ory *1. The FX 3UC -32MT-LT supports Ve r. 2.41 from the manufacturer's serial number "7X ****" (October 2007). *2. Available in Ver. 2.70 o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 919

    917 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 920

    918 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time Output in structions OUT Y,M 0.21 1 .2 µ s in 2-step instru ction OUT S 1.25 1.25 OUT T K 2.41 2.16 OUT T D 2.77 2.54 OUT C K 1.9 2.25 1.57 1.72 C235 to C255 1.6 µ s in exe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 921

    919 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 922

    920 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time *1. M1536 to M3583, M82 56 to M8511, S1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M851 1 *3. M3584 to M7679 Output instru ctions OUT T D 2 .77 2.54 T246 to T319 3.06 µ s in e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 923

    921 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 924

    922 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time *1. M1536 to M3583, M82 56 to M8511, S1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M851 1 *3. M3584 to M7679 Output instru ctions OUT T D 3 .55 3.32 T246 to T319 3.83 µ s in e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 925

    923 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Progr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 926

    924 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-1 Basic Inst ruction Execution Time *1. M1536 to M3583, M82 56 to M8511, S1024 to S4095 *2. M1536 to M3583, M8000 to M851 1 *3. M3584 to M7679 Output instru ctions RST S 4.6 0. 13 RST T 0.45 0.45 RST C 0.45 5.8 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 927

    925 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-2 Step Ladder Inst ruction Execution Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 928

    926 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time Appendix B-4 Applied Instruction Execution Time •F X 3S PLC FNC No. Instructi on Execution time in ON status ( µ s) Execution time in OFF status ( µ s) Remarks 16-bit i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 929

    927 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 930

    928 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time External de vice 170 GRY 11.46 11 .81 0.61 0.61 171 GBIN 11.46 11.83 0.61 0.61 Data comparison 224 LD= 1.56 1.8 1.5 2 1.76 For details, refe r to Appendix B-6-2. 225 LD> ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 931

    929 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 932

    930 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time Data operation 40 ZRST(D) 7.96+0.22n ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 10.26+0.22n ⎯ 0.8 ⎯ n: Number of reset points ZRST(T) 8.77+0.46n ⎯ 0.61 ⎯ 10.68+0.46n ⎯ 0.8 ⎯ n: Number of res ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 933

    931 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 934

    932 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time Data comparison 233 AND> 1.88 2.24 1.84 2.28 2.6 3.2 2.6 3.2 For details, refer to Appendix B-6-2 . 234 AND< 1.9 2 2.36 1.84 2.18 2.68 3.28 2.56 3.16 For details, ref ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 935

    933 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 936

    934 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time Data operat ion 40 ZRST(D) 11.1 + 0.19n ⎯ 0.32 5 ⎯ n: Number of res et points ZRST(T) 17. 1 + 0.23n ⎯ 0.325 ⎯ n: Number of reset points ZRST(M) 20.7 + 0.02n ⎯ 0.3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 937

    935 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 938

    936 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time Floating point 124 EXP ⎯ 11.9 ⎯ 0. 585 125 LOGE ⎯ 24.0 ⎯ 0.58 5 126 LOG10 ⎯ 24.3 ⎯ 0. 585 127 ESQR ⎯ 10.6 ⎯ 0.58 5 128 ENEG ⎯ 8.9 ⎯ 0.325 129 INT 13.2 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 939

    937 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 940

    938 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time Character s tring contr ol 206 MIDR 2 5 + 0.59n + 0.68m ⎯ 0.455 ⎯ n: Character position m: Number of characters 207 MIDW 2 5.8 + 0.3m + 0.44n ⎯ 0.455 ⎯ n: Character ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 941

    939 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 FX 3U -CF-ADP 35 SFC•STL Pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 942

    940 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-4 Applied Instruction Execu tion Time Data move 3 277 ⎯ ⎯⎯⎯⎯ 278 RBFM *1 50+900n ⎯ 0.715 ⎯ n : Number of points tran sferred in one operation cycle RBFM *2 244 + 103n ⎯ 0.715 ⎯ 279 WBFM *1 24 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 943

    941 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-5 Execution Time of Pulse Gener ation Instr uction P in Each Applied Inst ruction 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 944

    942 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-5 Execution Time of Pulse Gener ation Instr uction P in Each Applied Inst ruction •F X 3G /FX 3GC PLCs (Standard mode) Applied instruction Execution time Remarks MOV instru ction (FNC 12) Execution ti me at r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 945

    943 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-5 Execution Time of Pulse Gener ation Instr uction P in Each Applied Inst ruction 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 946

    944 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-6 Execution Time on Combinatio n of Applicable Devices and Indexing Appendix B-6 Execution Time on Combination of A pplicable Devices and Indexing In examples shown below for basic instructions, the MOV instruc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 947

    945 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-6 Execution Time on Combinatio n of Applicable Devices and Indexing 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 948

    946 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-6 Execution Time on Combinatio n of Applicable Devices and Indexing - DMOV instruction (32-bit instruction) *1. *2. These combi nations are handled a s excepti ons becaus e high-spe ed processi ng is adop ted i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 949

    947 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition B Instruction Execut ion Time B-6 Execution Time on Combinatio n of Applicable Devices and Indexing 31 FNC277-FNC2 79 Data T ransfer 3 32 FNC280-FNC289 High-Speed Processing 2 33 FNC290-FNC299 Extension File Register Control 34 FNC300-FNC305 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 950

    948 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition C Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied i nstructions [by instructi on type] Appendix C: Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Order] Appendix C-1 Applied instructi ons [by instr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 951

    949 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition C Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied i nstructions [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models OR<> FNC244 OR Comp are ≠ 658 OR <= FNC245 OR Compar e ≤ 6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 952

    950 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition C Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied i nstructions [by instructi on type] CCD F NC 84 Check Code 466 CRC F NC188 Cyc lic Redundanc y Check 592 LIMIT F NC256 Limi t Control 661 BAND FNC257 Dead Band ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 953

    951 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition C Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-1 Applied i nstructions [by instructi on type] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models 16. Special unit/block control instruct ions Mnemonic FNC No. Function ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 954

    952 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition C Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 Applied inst ructions [in alphabetic al order] Appendix C-2 Applied instructi ons [in alphabetical order] Mnemonic FNC No. Function Ref. Page Symbol $+ FNC202 Link Char ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 955

    953 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition C Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 Applied inst ructions [in alphabetic al order] C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models F FDEL FNC210 Deleting Data from Tables 641 FEND FNC 06 Main Routine ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 956

    954 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition C Applied Instruction List [by Instruction Type/in Alphabetic Or der] C-2 Applied inst ructions [in alphabetic al order] P PID FNC 88 PID Control Loop 476 PLSR F NC 59 Acceleration /Decelerat ion Setup 383 PLSV FNC157 Var iable S peed Pulse O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 957

    955 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition D Discontinued mode ls C Applicable Instruction List D Discontinued models Appendix D: Discontinued models The table below sh ows discontinu ed models of MELS EC-F Series PLC s and programming too ls described in thi s manual. Discontinued mo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 958

    956 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition D Discontinued mode ls MEMO ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 959

    957 Warranty FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Warranty Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product. 1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Range [Gratis Warranty Term] If any faults or defects (hereinafter "Failure") found to be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 960

    958 Revised History FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition Revised History Date Created Revision Desc ription 7/2005 A Firs t Edition 2/2006 B FX 3U and F X 3UC series version 2.30 compatible • Two instructions are added. - MEP, MEF [Section 3.1, Cha pter 7, Appendix A-1-2, Appendix ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 961

    959 Revised History FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 3/2007 C • Caution on storin g sign data of charac ter string is added [S ection 26.2]. • The sentence describing rough guide to th e watchdog timer se t value is mod ified [Sections 33 .3 and 33.6]. • Note on using stat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 962

    960 Revised History FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC Series Programming Manual - Basic & Applied Instruction Edition 7/2011 J • S upported in FX 3G series version 1.40 - 1 in struction adde d. IVMC(FNC275 )[Section 30.6 ] • Supported in FX 3U and FX 3UC series version 3.00 - Suppo rts storage of symbolic information . - Suppo rt of the s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 963

    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - page 964

    HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN HIMEJI WORKS: 840, CHIYODA CHO, HIMEJI, JAPAN JY997D16601N (MEE) Effective Sep. 2013 Specifications are subject to change withou t notice. MODEL FX-P3-E MODEL CODE 09R517 FX 3S /FX 3G /FX 3GC /FX 3U /FX 3UC SERIES PROGR AMMABLE CO NTROLLERS PROGRAMMING MANUAL Basic &am ...

Производитель Mitsubishi Electronics Категория Garage Door Opener

Документы, которые мы получаем от производителя устройства Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC мы можем разделить на несколько групп. Это в частности:
- технические чертежи Mitsubishi Electronics
- инструкции обслуживания FX3GC
- паспорта изделия Mitsubishi Electronics
- информационные брошюры
- энергетические этикетки Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC
Все из них важны, однако самую важную информацию с точки зрения пользователя мы найдем в инструкции обслуживания Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC.

Группа документов, определяемая как инструкции обслуживания, делится также на более подробные типы, такие как: Инструкции монтажа Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC, инструкции обслуживания, короткие инструкции или инструкции пользователя Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC. В зависимости от потребностей, Вам необходимо поискать требуемый документ. На нашем сайте Вы можете просмотреть самую популярную инструкцию использования изделия Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC.

Похожие инструкции обслуживания

Полная инструкция обслуживания устройства Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC, как должна выглядеть?
Инструкция обслуживания, определяемая также как пособие пользователя, или просто "руководство" - это технический документ, цель которого заключается в использовании Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC пользователями. Инструкции пишет, как правило технический писатель, языком, доступным для всех пользователей Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC.

Полная инструкция обслуживания Mitsubishi Electronics, должна заключать несколько основных элементов. Часть из них менее важная, как например: обложка / титульный лист или авторские страницы. Однако остальная часть, должна дать нам важную с точки зрения пользователя информацию.

1. Вступление и рекомендации, как пользоваться инструкцией Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - В начале каждой инструкции, необходимо найти указания, как пользоваться данным пособием. Здесь должна находится информация, касающаяся местонахождения содержания Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC, FAQ и самых распространенных проблем - то есть мест, которые чаще всего ищут пользователи в каждой инструкции обслуживания
2. Содержание - индекс всех советов, касающихся Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC, которое найдем в данном документе
3. Советы по использованию основных функций устройства Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC - которые должны облегчить нам первые шаги во время использования Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC
4. Troubleshooting - систематизированный ряд действия, который поможет нам диагностировать а в дальнейшем очередность решения важнейших проблем Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC
5. FAQ - чаще всего задаваемые вопросы
6. Контактные данные Информация о том, где искать контактные данные производителя / сервисного центра Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC в данной стране, если самостоятельно не получится решить проблему.

У вас вопрос, касающийся Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC?

Воспользуйтесь формуляром, находящимся ниже

Если с помощью найденной инструкции Вы не решили свою проблему с Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC, задайте вопрос, заполнив следующий формуляр. Если у какого то из пользователей была похожая проблема с Mitsubishi Electronics FX3GC со всей вероятностью он захочет поделиться методом ее решения.

Перепишите текст с картинки

Captcha
Новая картинка

Комментарии (0)